UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-K/A

(Amendment No. 1)10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172019

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to .

Commission File Number: 0-19961

 

ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.MEDICAL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

CuraçaoDelaware

 

98-1340767

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

7 Abraham de Veerstraat3451 Plano Parkway,

CuraçaoLewisville, Texas

 

N/A75056

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

599-9-4658525(214) 937-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.10 par value

 

OFIX

Nasdaq Global Select Market

(Title of Class)

(Trading Symbol)

 

(Name of Exchange on Which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YesNo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter)  is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    YesNo

The aggregate market value of registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates, based upon the closing price of the common stock on the last business day of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2017,2019, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $842.2$995.8 million.

As of February 23, 2018, 18,405,34420, 2020, 19,179,120 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain sections of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Commission in connection with the Orthofix Medical Inc. 2020 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report.

 

 

 

 


 

Orthofix International N.V.Medical Inc.

Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 20172019

Table of Contents

 

 

  

 

  

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

20

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

30

Item 2.

Properties

31

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

31

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosure

31

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

32

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

33

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

35

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

48

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

49

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

49

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

49

Item 9B.

Other Information

52

PART III

  

 

  

 

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  

452

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

  

1352

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  

3452

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  

3752

Item 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  

3752

PART IV

  

 

  

 

Item 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

  

3953

Item 16.

 

Form 10-K Summary

 

3956

 

 

 

 


 

EXPLANATORY NOTEForward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Exchange Act”), and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to our business and financial outlook, which are based on our current beliefs, assumptions, expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance and involve risks, uncertainties, estimates and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including the risks described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” Therefore, our actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date hereof, unless it is specifically otherwise stated to be made as of a different date. We undertake no obligation to further update any such statement, to reflect new information, the occurrence of future events or circumstances or otherwise.

Trademarks

Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names in this Annual Report are referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights thereto.


PART I

Item 1.

Business

In this Amendment,Annual Report, the terms “we”, “us”, “our”, “Orthofix”“we,” “us,” “our,” “Orthofix,” “the Company” and “our Company” refer to the combined operations of all of Orthofix International N.V.Medical Inc. and its respective consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates, unless the context requires otherwise.

This Amendment No. 1 (this “Amendment”Company Overview

We are a global medical device company focused on musculoskeletal products and therapies. Our mission is to improve patients’ lives by providing superior reconstruction and regenerative musculoskeletal solutions to physicians worldwide. Headquartered in Lewisville, Texas, our spine and orthopedic extremities products are distributed in more than seventy countries via our sales representatives and distributors.

We have administrative and training facilities in the United States (“U.S.”) amends, Italy, Brazil, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), France, and Germany, and manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and Italy. We directly distribute products in the U.S., Italy, the U.K., Germany, and France. In several of these and other markets, we also distribute our products through independent distributors.

The Company originally was formed in 1987 in Curaçao and is now a corporation operating under the laws of the State of Delaware. In 2018, the Company completed a change in its jurisdiction of organization from Curaçao to the State of Delaware and changed its name to “Orthofix Medical Inc.”

Available Information and Orthofix International N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, filedWebsite

Our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”“SEC”), including our Annual Report on February 26, 2018 (the “Original Form 10-K”). The sole purpose of this Amendment is to amend Part III, Items 10 through 14 of the Original Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Annual Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, any registration statements, and amendments to include information previously omitted from the Original Form 10-K in reliance on General Instruction G to Form 10-K, which provides that registrants may incorporate by reference certain information from a definitive proxy statement filed with the Commission within 120 daysthose reports, are available free of the fiscal year end, which involves the election of directors. The Company’s definitive proxy statement will not be filed before April 30, 2018 (i.e., within 120 days after end of the Company’s 2017 fiscal year) pursuant to Regulation 14A. The reference on the cover of the Original Form 10-K to the incorporation by reference of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement into Part III of the Annual Report is hereby deleted.

In addition, as required by Rule 12b-15 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), new certifications by our principal executive officer and principal financial officer are filed as exhibits to this Amendment under Item 15 of Part IV hereof.

For purposes of this Amendment, and in accordance with Rule 12b-15 under the Exchange Act, Items 10 through 14 of the Original Form 10-K have been amended and restated in their entirety. Except as stated herein, this Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the filing of the Original Form 10-K and no attempt has been made in this Amendment to modify or update other disclosures as presented in the Original Form 10-K.


PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Officers

Our current executive officers are listed and described below.  Messrs. Mason, Rice, Bianchi and Finegan and Ms. Elting are referred to collectively throughout this Amendment as our “named executive officers.”

  Name

Age

Position

  Bradley R. Mason

64

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

  Douglas C. Rice

52

Chief Financial Officer

  Davide Bianchi

53

President, Global Extremity Fixation

  Kimberley A. Elting

53

Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

  Michael M. Finegan

54

Chief Strategy Officer

  Raymond S. Fujikawa

61

President, Spine Fixation

  Robert A. Goodwin II

47

President, Biologics

  Bradley V. Niemann

48

President, BioStim

Bradley R. Mason. Mr. Mason has served as a director since the Company’s 2013 annual general meeting of shareholders. Mr. Mason rejoined Orthofix in March 2013 as our President and Chief Executive Officer after previously serving as Group President, North America from June 2008 through October 2009, and as a Strategic Advisor from November 2009 through October 2010. Prior to being appointed as Group President, North America, he had served as a Vice President of the Company since December 2003, when the Company acquired Breg, Inc. Prior to its acquisition by Orthofix, Mr. Mason had served as President and Chairman of Breg, a company he principally founded in 1989 with five other shareholders. Mr. Mason has over 30 years of experience in the medical device industry, some of which were spent with dj Orthopedics (formally DonJoy) where he became an owner and executive in its early development stage and held the position of Executive Vice President. Following his retirement from Orthofix in 2010, he served in a variety of part-time consulting and advisory roles, including as a consultant to Orthofix since October 2012, which consulting relationship terminated as of March 13, 2013 when he rejoined Orthofix. Mr. Mason is the named inventor on 38 issued patents in the orthopedic product arena. He graduated Summa Cum Laude with an Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degree from MiraCosta College.

Douglas C. Rice. Mr. Rice became the Company’s Chief Financial Officer in April 2015.  He joined Orthofix as Chief Accounting Officer in September 2014 and was appointed to the position of Interim Chief Financial Officer later that month. Mr. Rice joined the Company from Vision Source, an international optometric network provider, where he had served since 2012 as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Rice served as the Vice President Finance, Treasurer of McAfee, a security technology company, from 2007 to 2012, when it was acquired by Intel. From 2000 to 2007, he served as the Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller of Concentra, Inc., a national healthcare service provider. Mr. Rice’s over 25 years of finance experience also included finance leadership positions with la Madeleine, Allied Marketing Group as well as PricewaterhouseCoopers (formerly Coopers & Lybrand). He is a certified public accountant, and holds an MBA and BBA, with honors, from Southern Methodist University.

Davide Bianchi. Mr. Bianchi joined Orthofix as President, International Extremity Fixation in July 2013 and was named as the Company’s President, Global Extremity Fixation in December 2013. From February 2009 through June 2013, Mr. Bianchi served as President of the Heart Valve Global Business Unit at Sorin Group. Earlier in his career, he spent 10 years with Edwards Lifesciences, where he served as the European Marketing Manager; the Business Director, Emerging Markets; the Managing Director, Germany; the Vice President, Sales; and, most recently, the Vice President, Marketing, EMEA. Mr. Bianchi received his Master in Business Management from ISTUD Milano.

Kimberley A. Elting. Ms. Elting joined Orthofix as Chief Legal Officer in September 2016 and was named Chief Legal and Administrative Officer in 2017. Before joining the Company, she had served since 2013 as General Counsel and Vice President Corporate Affairs at TriVascular Technologies, Inc. In this role, she led the legal, compliance, human resources (HR) and government affairs functions. Between 2007 and 2012, she served in various roles of increasing responsibility with St. Jude Medical, including General Counsel and Vice President of HR and Health Policy for the Neuromodulation Division. She also previously was a partner at the Jones Day law firm where she counseled clients in the health care sector on mergers and acquisitions and regulatory matters. A graduate of Ithaca College, Ms. Elting earned her Law Degree from the University of Denver and an LL.M. in Health Law from Loyola University Chicago.

Michael M. Finegan. Mr. Finegan joined Orthofix in June 2006 as Vice President of Corporate Development, and became the President, Biologics in March 2009. In October 2011, he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Business Development, and President, Biologics, and in June 2013, to his current position as Chief Strategy Officer. Prior to joining Orthofix, Mr. Finegan spent 16 years as an executive with Boston Scientific in a number of different operating and strategic roles, most recently as Vice President of Corporate Sales. Earlier in his career, Mr. Finegan held sales and marketing roles with Marion Laboratories and spent three years in banking with First Union Corporation (Wachovia). Mr. Finegan earned a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Wake Forest University.


Raymond S. Fujikawa. Mr. Fujikawa joined the Orthofix team in August 2013 as Senior Vice President of Commercial Strategy. With more than 33 years of experience in medical device sales, Mr. Fujikawa was directly responsible for establishing sales forces at Mitek, Surgiquip and Li Medical Technologies while serving as their Vice President of Sales. Additionally, he was Vice President of Sales at Breg, Inc. where he was one of the creators of their business solution program. Mr. Fujikawa is the author of the sales training program “Student of the Game” which is used by companies to enhance their sales results. He frequently lectures on this program at major university business schools. Mr. Fujikawa began his career as a medical device salesman, which led him to increasing responsibilities in successive management roles. ​ 

Robert A. Goodwin II. Mr. Goodwin was appointed President of the Biologics strategic business unit in July 2013. Mr. Goodwin joined Orthofix in 2006 as Director of Business Development before being promoted to Vice President of Finance in 2008, Vice President of Business Development in 2009 and the role of Vice President of Marketing for Biologics in 2012. He has more than 23 years of medical device experience, including escalating levels of responsibility in functional areas of finance, sales, new product development, I/T, business development and marketing. Prior to joining Orthofix, Mr. Goodwin was with U.S. Endoscopy, Aspect Medical Systems, and CR Bard. Mr. Goodwin holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting and Finance from the University of Maine.​

Bradley V. Niemann. Mr. Niemann was appointed President of the BioStim strategic business unit in June 2013. He joined Orthofix in March 2012 as Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations for Orthofix's Global Spine Business. Mr. Niemann has more than 15 years of experience in the medical devices industry, with a particularly strong track record in expanding the utilization of bone growth stimulation technology. From 2004-2012, Mr. Niemann worked in a variety of management roles at DJO Global, Inc. before joining Orthofix. Mr. Niemann holds a Bachelor of Science in Management from DePaul University.

The Board and Committees of the Board

Our Board

Our Articles of Association provides that the Board shall consist of not less than six and no more than fifteen directors, the exact number to be determined from time-to-time by resolution of the Board. The Board is currently comprised of nine seats. Directors are elected at each annual general meeting of shareholders (the “Annual General Meeting”) by a plurality of the votes cast, in person or by proxy by the shareholders. Directors are elected to serve until the following year’s Annual General Meeting or until a successor is elected and qualified. Because we are required by Curaçao law to hold the Annual General Meeting in Curaçao, we do not have a policy regarding director attendance at the Annual General Meeting, and no directors were present at our 2017 Annual General Meeting. However, in the event that our pending domestication to Delaware is consummated, such that future annual meetings of shareholders may be held in the U.S., we expect that some or all directors will attend such annual meetings in the future.

The Board meets at least four times per year in person at regularly scheduled meetings, but will meet more often in person if necessary. In addition, the Board typically holds several additional meetings each year by telephone conference as events require. The Board met six times during 2017, four of which were in-person meetings.  The Board has four standing committees: the Audit and Finance Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Compliance and Ethics Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee. During 2017 every director attended more than 75% of the aggregate of all meetings of the Board and the Committees on which he or she served held during the period for which he or she was a director or Committee member, as applicable.

Of our nine current directors, the Board has determined that each of Mr. Faulstick, Mr. Hinrichs, Mr. Lukianov, Ms. Marks, Mr. Matricaria, Mr. Paolucci, Ms. Sainz and Mr. Sicard are independent under the current Nasdaq listing standards. Mr. Mason is not considered independent, as he also serves as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

Name

Age

 

Director Since

Independent

Audit and Finance Committee

 

Compensation Committee

Compliance and Ethics Committee

 

 Nominating and Governance Committee

 

Luke Faulstick

 

55

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

James Hinrichs

 

50

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexis V. Lukianov

 

62

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lilly Marks

 

70

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bradley R. Mason

 

64

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ronald Matricaria (Chairman)

 

75

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael E. Paolucci

 

58

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maria Sainz

 

52

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

John Sicard

 

54

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Current Directors (and Directors Standing for Election at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Luke Faulstick

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Faulstick, 55, joined the Board in September 2014. He has over 25 years of experience as a manufacturing executive and is a recognized expert on Lean Manufacturing and work culture. Since 2012, Mr. Faulstick has been co-owner, President and Chief Executive Officer of PPI Inc., a company operating several manufacturing-focused businesses. Prior to forming PPI, he was the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of DJO Global. He previously held senior operating management roles at Tyco Healthcare, Graphic Controls, Mitsubishi Consumer Electronics and Eastman Kodak. Under his leadership, DJO Global’s operations teams and manufacturing plants won numerous awards including the Shingo Prize for Operational Excellence, Industry Week’s Best Plants, and the Association of Manufacturing Excellence Operational Excellence Award. Mr. Faulstick received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Engineering from Michigan State University and a Master of Science Degree in Engineering from Rochester Institute of Technology. He previously served on the boards of Alphatec Spine and Microdental, as well as Chairman of the Board of the Association of Manufacturing Excellence. Currently he is a member of the Rady Children’s Hospital Foundation Board of Trustees and a Certified Board of Director through the UCLA Anderson School of Business.

The Board believes that Mr. Faulstick’s extensive experience as a manufacturing executive, operational knowledge and industry expertise, as well as his previous and current board memberships, brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.

James F. Hinrichs

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Hinrichs, 50, was appointed to the Board in April 2014. From April 2015 to October 2017, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Alere Inc, a publicly traded diagnostic company, prior to its sale to Abbott Labs. From December 2010 through March 2015, he served as Chief Financial Officer of CareFusion Corporation, a publicly traded medical technology company, prior to its sale to Becton Dickinson. He previously served as CareFusion’s Senior Vice President, Global Customer Support, from January 2010 to December 2010, and as its Senior Vice President, Controller, from January 2009 to January 2010. Prior to joining CareFusion when it was spun off from Cardinal Health, Inc., he worked since 2004 at Cardinal Health in various positions including Executive Vice President and Corporate Controller of Cardinal Health, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of its Healthcare Supply Chain Services segment. He joined Cardinal Health following over a decade of finance and marketing roles at Merck & Co. He holds undergraduate and graduate degrees in business from Carnegie Mellon University.

The Board believes that Mr. Hinrichs’ financial and accounting experience gained through the foregoing roles, including in particular his experience as a public company chief financial officer, provide important expertise to the Board and enable him to provide service and leadership as the Chair of the Company’s Audit and Finance Committee.

Alexis V. Lukianov

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Re-Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)


Mr. Lukianov, 62, became a director in December 2016, bringing to the Board his more than 30 years of experience in the orthopedic industry. From July 1999 to March 2015, he served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of NuVasive, Inc., a publicly-traded medical device company focused on the design, development and marketing of products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders, including serving as Chairman of the Board between 2004 and 2015.  From April 1996 to April 1997, Mr. Lukianov was a founder of and served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of BackCare Group, Inc., a spine physician practice management company.  From January 1990 to October 1995, Mr. Lukianov held a variety of senior executive positions, including President, with Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of medical devices to treat disorders of the cranium and spine and a subsidiary of Medtronic, Inc., a publicly-traded medical technology company. Between 1987 and 1990, he was

the director of a business unit at Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics that brought limb lengthening technology to the United States from Russia.  From 2007 until its acquisition in 2015 by Royal Philips, he served on the Board of Directors of Volcano Corporation, a Nasdaq-listed medical technology company. He has previously served on the boards and the executive committees of BIOCOM, a regional life sciences trade association, the Medical Device Manufacturers Association (MDMA), a national trade association, and the California Health Institute (CHI). Mr. Lukianov also serves on a number of private and non-profit boards.

The Board believes that Mr. Lukianov’s experience leading medical device and orthopedic companies brings valuable industry experience to the Board.

Lilly Marks

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Ms. Marks, 70, was appointed to the Board in June 2015. She currently serves as the Vice President for Health Affairs for the University of Colorado and has led the University of Colorado Anschutz Medical Campus. Ms. Marks has also served as a member of the Board of Directors of the University of Colorado Health System, Children’s Hospital Colorado, and the Advisory Board for Clinical Research of the National Institutes of Health. She is currently a member of the Board of Directors of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, the Fitzsimons Redevelopment Authority, the Association of Academic Health Centers (AAHC), the Global Down Syndrome Foundation and the Rose Community Foundation. Additionally, she is a member of the Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) Advisory Panel on Research and is a trustee of the University of Colorado Foundation. Ms. Marks is a graduate of the University of Colorado.

The Board believes that Ms. Marks’ extensive experience from her previous and current board memberships, as well as her accomplished academic background, brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.


Bradley R. Mason

Director President and Chief Executive Officer (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Mason, 64, has served as a director since the 2013 Annual General Meeting. Mr. Mason rejoined Orthofix in March 2013 as our President and Chief Executive Officer after previously serving as Group President, North America from June 2008 through October 2009, and as a Strategic Advisor from November 2009 through October 2010. Prior to being appointed as Group President, North America, he had served as a Vice President of the Company since December 2003, when the Company acquired Breg, Inc. Prior to its acquisition by Orthofix, Mr. Mason had served as President and Chairman of Breg, a company he principally founded in 1989 with five other shareholders. Mr. Mason has over 30 years of experience in the medical device industry, some of which were spent with dj Orthopedics (formerly DonJoy) where he became an owner and executive in its early development stage and held the position of Executive Vice President. Since his retirement from Orthofix in 2010, he has served in a variety of part-time consulting and advisory roles, including as a consultant to Orthofix since October 2012 (which consulting relationship has been terminated as of March 13, 2013). Mr. Mason is the named inventor on 38 issued patents in the orthopedic product arena. He graduated Summa Cum Laude with an Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degree from MiraCosta College.

The Board believes that Mr. Mason’s leadership skills, operational knowledge and industry expertise, and his perspective as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.

Ronald Matricaria

Chairman of the Board (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Matricaria, 75, was appointed to the Board in March 2014. He has more than 35 years of medical device and pharmaceutical experience at St. Jude Medical, Inc. and Eli Lilly and Company, Inc. From April 1993 to May 1999, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of St. Jude Medical, Inc. and served as Chairman of the Board of Directors from January 1995 to May 2002. Prior to joining St. Jude Medical, Mr. Matricaria spent 23 years with Eli Lilly and Company, Inc., where his last position was Executive Vice President of the Pharmaceutical Division of Eli Lilly and Company and President of its North American operations. He also served as President of Eli Lilly International Corporation, as well as President of its Medical Device Division. He currently serves as a director of Kinaxis Inc. a SaaS based software company traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Until recently, he served as Chairman of the Board at Volcano Corporation and as a member of the Boards of Phoenix Children’s Hospital and Life Technologies Corporation. Additionally, Mr. Matricaria previously has served on the board of a number of other public and private companies including Home Depot Inc., Diametric Medical Inc., Ceridian Inc., Centocor Inc., Haemonetics Inc., Kinetic Concepts, Inc., Hospira Inc., Cyberonics Inc., Vistacare Inc., Advanced Medical Technology Association (AdvaMed), the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association International Section, the American Diabetes Association, the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education, the National Foundation for Infectious Diseases, the National Retiree Volunteer Center and the Indiana Repertory Theatre as well as a trustee on the board of the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Science. He also chaired the BioMedical Engineering Institute campaign, which raised an operating endowment for the Institute at the University of Minnesota. He remains a Trustee emeritus of the University of Minnesota Foundation. Mr. Matricaria holds a bachelor’s degree in pharmacy from the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and was awarded an honorary Doctor of Science degree in pharmacy, as well as an honorary PharmD degree, in recognition of his contributions to the practice of pharmacy.

The Board believes that Mr. Matricaria’s wealth of experience as both an executive and director in the medical device industry brings invaluable experience and leadership qualities to the Board.


Michael E. Paolucci

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Paolucci, 58, was named to the Board and appointed to the Compensation Committee in March 2016. A seasoned Human Resource (HR) executive, Mr. Paolucci has more than 20 years of global experience working directly with Boards of Directors and C-level executives to improve organizational capabilities and HR programs that result in sustained improvements in business performance. He currently serves as Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer for Halozyme Therapeutics Inc., a late stage oncology and biopharmaceutical company on the forefront of cancer research. Prior to Halozyme, Mr. Paolucci served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resource Officer for CareFusion. He also served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources at NuVasive, and spent five years at Life Technologies. He was head of Human Resources for the services division of Hewlett Packard and served in several leadership roles with EDS, which was acquired by Hewlett Packard. Prior to HP/EDS, he was a partner with the HR consulting firm Towers Perrin. Mr. Paolucci is a graduate of Ohio State University.

The Board believes that Mr. Paolucci’s extensive experience as a HR executive and relevant knowledge and understanding of public company compensation issues brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.

 Maria Sainz

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Ms. Sainz, 52, became a director of Orthofix in November 2012, after previously having served on the Board from June 2008 to September 2011. From April 2012 to June 2017, she was the President and Chief Executive Officer, and a director, of CardioKinetix Inc., a heart failure related medical device company. From April 2008 to October 2011, she was President and Chief Executive Officer of Concentric Medical, Inc., a company developing and commercializing devices to perform mechanical clot removal post-stroke, which was sold to Stryker Corporate in October 2011. Upon this acquisition, she served as General Manager of the Stryker Neurovascular business unit until April 2012. From 2003 to 2006, she was the President of the Cardiac Surgery division of Guidant Corporation. After Boston Scientific acquired Guidant, Ms. Sainz led the integration process for both the Cardiac Surgery and European Cardiac Rhythm Management business of Guidant into Boston Scientific. Between 2001 and 2003, Ms. Sainz was the Vice President of Global Marketing – Vascular Intervention of Guidant. Ms. Sainz earned a Bachelor and Masters of Arts from the Universidad Complutense de Madrid and a Master’s Degree in International Management from American Graduate School of International Management. Ms. Sainz has served as a director of publicly-traded medical device companies The Spectranetics Corporation and MRI Interventions, Inc. since November 2010 and January 2014, respectively. Ms. Sainz has also been serving on the Board of Directors of Halyard Health, Inc. since February 2015.

Ms. Sainz provides the Board with significant experience in the medical device industry, as well as insight into international markets. The Board also values the perspective she brings from her current position as a chief executive officer.

John Sicard

Director (Nominated to Stand for Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Sicard, 54, became a director of Orthofix in March 2018. Mr. Sicard joined the Board in March 2018. He currently serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer, and Board Member of Kinaxis, a global supply chain management software company that delivers cloud-based solutions to some of the world’s largest manufacturing companies, including many in the life science sector. Mr. Sicard joined Kinaxis in 1994 where he has held a number of senior management roles including Chief Strategy Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President of Marketing Development and Service Operations and Vice President of Customer Services. Mr. Sicard assumed the role of President and Chief Executive Officer of Kinaxis in January 2016. Prior to Kinaxis, Mr. Sicard held positions at FastMAN Software Systems, and Monenco Agra.

The Board believes that Mr. Sicard’s extensive experience as a strategic supply chain management executive, as well as his current board membership, brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.


Board Leadership Structure

Mr. Matricaria, who is an independent director, serves as the Chairman of the Board. Mr. Mason, who is also a director, serves as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. The Board believes that the separation of these two critical roles best serves the Company’s shareholders at this time because it allows our President and Chief Executive Officer to focus on providing leadership over our day-to-day operations while our independent Chairman focuses on leadership of the Board.

The Audit and Finance Committee

Our Audit and Finance Committee is a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The committee oversees the Company’s financial reporting process on behalf of the Board. The committee is responsible for the selection, compensation, and oversight of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The committee reviews matters relating to the Company’s internal controls, as well as other matters warranting committee attention. The committee also meets privately, outside the presence of Orthofix management, with our independent registered public accounting firm.

The Board has adopted a written charter for the Audit and Finance Committee, a copy of which is available for reviewcharge on our website at www.orthofix.com.

The Audit and Finance Committee met ten times during 2017 (four of which were in-person meetings). 

Mr. Faulstick, Mr. Hinrichs and Mr. Matricaria currently serve as members ofsoon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with, or furnished to, the Audit and Finance Committee, with Mr. Hinrichs serving as Chair. Under the current rules of Nasdaq and pursuant to Rule 10A-3 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act, all of the committee members are independent. The Board has determined that Mr. Hinrichs is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K.

The Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing compensation policies and determining, approving and overseeing the total compensation packages for our executive officers, including all elements of compensation. The committee administers our 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2012 LTIP”), the primary equity incentive plan under which we make equity-related awards, together with its predecessor, the 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (under which some grants made prior to 2013 remain outstanding) (the “2004 LTIP”). In addition, the committee administers our Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan (the “SPP”), an equity plan under which most of our employees and directors are eligible to purchase common shares of the Company.

The Compensation Committee met nine times during 2017 (four of which were in-person meetings). 

The Board has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, a copy of which is available for reviewSEC. Information on our website or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. Our website is located at www.orthofix.com.

As of the beginning of 2017, Mr. Paolucci, together with Drs. Guy Jordan and Anthony Martin, served as the members of the Compensation Committee, with Dr. Jordan serving as Chair. Drs. Jordan and Martin each retired from the Board as of last year’s annual meeting. To fill the committee seats vacated by Drs. Jordan and Martin, and as part of the Board’s normal committee rotation process, Ms. Sainz and Mr. Lukianov replaced Drs. Jordan and Martinwww.orthofix.com. Our SEC filings are also available on the committee as of the date of last year’s annual meeting (at which time Mr. Paolucci became Chair). All of these members (i) are non-employee, non-affiliated, outside directors who have been determined by the Board to be independent under the current rules of Nasdaq and (ii) satisfy the qualification standards of Section 162(m) of the Code, and Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

No interlocking relationship, as defined in the Exchange Act, currently exists, nor existed during 2017, between the Board or Compensation Committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity.

The Compliance and Ethics Committee

The Compliance and Ethics Committee assists the Board in overseeing the Company’s Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program and the Company’s global compliance with various international and domestic laws and regulations, including those related to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and requirements of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other applicable global anti-corruption laws. The committee also assists the Board in overseeing the Company’s compliance with the Company’s own Corporate Code of Conduct, policies and procedures.

The Compliance and Ethics Committee met five times in 2017 (four of which were in-person meetings).

The Board has adopted a written charter for the Compliance and Ethics Committee, a copy of which is available for review on ourSEC website at www.orthofix.com.


As of the beginning of 2017, Ms. Sainz, Ms. Marks and Dr. Jordan served as members of the Compliance and Ethics Committee, with Ms. Sainz serving as Chair. To fill the committee seat vacated by Dr. Jordan, in connection with his retirement from the Board and as part of the Board’s normal committee rotation process, Mr. Paolucci replaced Dr. Jordan on the committee as of the date of last year’s annual meeting. All of these members have been determined by the Board to be independent under the current rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the SEC.www.sec.gov.

The Nominating and Governance CommitteeBusiness Segments

The Nominating and Governance Committee assists the Board in identifying qualified individuals to become Board members, recommends to the Board nominees for election at each Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, develops and recommends to the Board the Company’s corporate governance principles and guidelines, and evaluates potential candidates for executive positions as appropriate. In connection with this role, the committee periodically reviews the composition of the Board in light of the characteristics of independence, skills, experience and availability of service, with an emphasis on the particular areas of skill and experience needed by the Board at any given time. The committee periodically reviews with the Chairman of the Board and the President and Chief Executive Officer succession planning, and makes recommendations to the Board in connection with succession planning. The committee also oversees the Board’s annual evaluation process, which includes the completion of questionnaires covering the Board, each committee and individual director performance.

The Nominating and Governance Committee met six times in 2017 (five of which were in-person meetings). 

The Board has adopted a written charter for the Nominating and Governance Committee, a copy of which is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com.

As of the beginning of 2017, Mr. Faulstick, Mr. Hinrichs and Dr. Martin served as members of the Nominating and Governance Committee, with Mr. Faulstick serving as Chair.  To fill the seat vacated by Dr. Martin, in connection with his retirement from the Board and as part of the Board’s normal committee rotation process, Mr. Lukianov replaced Dr. Martin on the committee as of the date of last year’s annual meeting. All of these members have been determined by the Board to be independent under the current rules of Nasdaq and the SEC.

Corporate Code of Conduct

Our Corporate Code of Conduct is the Company’s code of ethics applicable to all directors, officers and employees worldwide. The goals of our Corporate Code of Conduct, as well as our general corporate compliance and ethics program (which we have branded the Integrity Advantage™ Program), are to deter wrongdoing and to promote (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (ii) the full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with, or submit to, the SEC and in other public communications made by us, (iii) compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, (iv) the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Corporate Code of Conduct, and (v) accountability for adherence to the Corporate Code of Conduct. Our Corporate Code of Conduct applies to all areas of professional conduct, including customer relationships, conflicts of interest, financial reporting, use of company assets, insider trading, intellectual property, confidential information and workplace conduct. Under the Corporate Code of Conduct, employees, directors and executive officers are responsible for promptly reporting potential violations of any law, regulation or the Corporate Code of Conduct to appropriate personnel or a hotline we have established.

Our Corporate Code of Conduct is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com under the Corporate Governance caption in the Investors section.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The Board plays an important role in overseeing various risks that we may face from time to time. While the full Board has primary responsibility for risk oversight, it utilizes its committees, as appropriate, to monitor and address the risks that may be within the scope of a particular committee’s expertise or charter. For example, the Audit and Finance Committee oversees our financial statements and the Compliance and Ethics Committee assists in the Board’s oversight of compliance with certain legal and regulatory requirements. The Board believes the composition of its committees, and the distribution of the particular expertise of each committee’s members, makes this an appropriate structure to more effectively monitor these risks.

An important feature of the Board’s risk oversight function is to receive updates from its committees and management, as appropriate. In that regard, the Board regularly receives updates from the President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer, and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer, including in connection with material litigation and legal compliance matters. The Board also receives updates at quarterly in-person Board meetings on committee activities from each committee Chair. In addition, the president or other senior executive of each Company division or business unit periodically reviews and assesses the most significant risks associated with his or her division or unit. These assessments are then aggregated by our


management team and presented to the Board. The Board regularly discusses with management these risk assessments and includes risk management and risk mitigation as part of its oversight of the enterprise risk management program and its ongoing strategic planning process.

Shareholder Communication with the Board

To facilitate the ability of shareholders to communicate with the Board, we have established an electronic mailing address and a physical mailing address to which communications may be sent: boardofdirectors@orthofix.com, or c/o Orthofix Holdings Inc., Mr. Ronald A. Matricaria, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Orthofix International N.V., 3451 Plano Parkway, Lewisville, TX 75056.

Mr. Matricaria reviews all correspondence addressed to the Board and presents to the Board a summary of all such correspondence and forwards to the Board or individual directors, as the case may be, copies of all correspondence that, in the opinion of Mr. Matricaria, deals with the functions of the Board or committees thereof or that he otherwise determines requires their attention. Examples of communications that would be logged, but not automatically forwarded, include solicitations for products and services or items of a personal nature not relevant to us or our shareholders. Directors may at any time review the log of all correspondence received by Orthofix that is addressed to members of the Board and request copies of any such correspondence.

Nomination of Directors

As provided in its charter, the Nominating and Governance Committee identifies and recommends to the Board nominees for election or re-election to the Board and will consider nominations submitted by shareholders. The Nominating and Governance Committee Charter is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com.

The Nominating and Governance Committee seeks to create a Board that is strong in its collective diversity of skills and experience with respect to finance, research and development, commercialization, sales, distribution, leadership, technologies and industry knowledge. The Nominating and Governance Committee reviews with the Board, on an annual basis, the current composition of the Board in light of the characteristics of independence, skills, experience and availability of service to Orthofix of its members and of anticipated needs. If necessary, we will retain a third party to assist us in identifying or evaluating any potential nominees for director. When the Nominating and Governance Committee reviews a potential new candidate, it looks specifically at the candidate’s qualifications in light of the needs of the Board at that time given the then current mix of director attributes.

As provided for in our Corporate Governance Guidelines, in nominating director candidates, the Nominating and Governance Committee strives to nominate directors that exhibit high standards of ethics, integrity, commitment and accountability. In addition, our Corporate Governance Guidelines state that all nominations should attempt to ensure that the Board shall encompass a range of talent, skills and expertise sufficient to provide sound guidance with respect to our operations and activities. Other than as set forth in the Corporate Governance Guidelines with respect to the Board’s objective in seeking directors with a range of talent, skills and expertise, the Board and the Nominating and Governance Committee do not have a formal policy with respect to the diversity of directors.

Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines, directors must inform the Chairman of the Board and the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee in advance of accepting an invitation to serve on another company’s board of directors. In addition, no director may sit on the board of directors of, or beneficially own a significant financial interest in, any business that is a material competitor of Orthofix. The Nominating and Governance Committee reviews any applicable facts and circumstances relating to any such potential conflict of interest and determines in its reasonable discretion whether a conflict exists.

To recommend a nominee, a shareholder shall send notice to the Board c/o Orthofix Holdings Inc., Mr. Luke Faulstick, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee of Orthofix International N.V., 3451 Plano Parkway, Lewisville, TX 75056. This notice should include the candidate’s brief biographical description, a statement of the qualifications of the candidate, taking into account the qualification requirements set forth above and the candidate’s signed consent to be named in the proxy statement and to serve as a director if elected. The notice must be given not later than 180 days before the first anniversary of the last Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Once we receive the recommendation, the Nominating and Governance Committee will determine whether to contact the candidate to request that he or she provide us with additional information about the candidate’s independence, qualifications and other information that would assist the Nominating and Governance Committee in evaluating the candidate, as well as certain information that must be disclosed about the candidate in our proxy statement, if nominated. Candidates must respond to our inquiries within the time frame provided in order to be considered for nomination by the Nominating and Governance Committee.

The Nominating and Governance Committee has not received any nominations for director from shareholders for the 2018 Annual General Meeting.


Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers and directors, and holders of more than 10% of our common shares (collectively, the “Reporting Persons”) to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our common shares. Such persons are required by regulations of the SEC to furnish us with copies of all such filings. Based on our review of these reports and related representations by the Reporting Persons, we believe that all Section 16(a) reports were filed timely in 2017, except that due to an internal administrative error at the Company, the Form 4 relating to the Company’s annual equity grant to directors and executive officers on July 3, 2017 was filed two business days late for each of the directors and executive officers serving at such time.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Compensation Committee, comprised entirely of independent, non-management directors, is responsible for establishing and administering the Company’s policies involving the compensation of its executive officers. No employee of the Company serves on the Compensation Committee. The Committee members have no interlocking relationships as defined by the SEC.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Executive Overview

We focus our compensation program for our named executive officers and other executives on financial, strategic and operational goals established by the Board of Directors to create value for our shareholders. Our guiding compensation principle is to pay for performance. Our compensation program is designed to motivate, measure and reward the successful achievement of our strategic and operating goals without promoting excessive or unnecessary risk taking.

In 2017, our primary business strategy was to accelerate our organic topline growth rate while maintaining Adjusted EBITDA margins. We believe that this strategy proved effective and resulted in us exceeding our growth expectations for the year. We are currently focused on continuing our organic growth momentum, expanding margins and actively pursuing value-accretive inorganic opportunities to further accelerate growth. We believe that we remain well-positioned to execute on both organic and inorganic strategic opportunities focused on accelerating shareholder value creation. Notable highlights and accomplishments in 2017 include the following:

Net sales were $433.8 million, an increase of 5.9% on a reported basis and 5.5% on a constant currency basis; as net sales increased for each of our SBUs.

Net income from continuing operations was $7.3 million, an increase of 108.5% from the prior year.

Non-GAAP Net margin, an internal metric that we define as gross profit less sales and marketing expense, was $142.4 million, an increase of 1.3% from the prior year.


We manage our business by our four SBUs: BioStim, Extremity Fixation,two reporting segments, Global Spine Fixation and Biologics,Global Extremities, which accounted for 43%, 24%, 19%,78% and 14%22%, respectively, of our total net sales in 2017.2019. The chart below presents net sales, which includes product sales and marketing service fees, by SBUreporting segment for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2019, 2018, and 2015.2017.

Over the three-year period ending December 31, 2017, Orthofix has delivered total shareholder return of 82%, with an annual compound shareholder return of 22% during that same period. A $100 investment in Orthofix’s common stock at the beginning of 2015 would have grown to $182 at the end of 2017, more than doubling the return of the S&P 500 over the same period.

Consistent with shareholder interests and market best practices, our executive compensation program includes the following sound governance features:

What we do:

Align pay and performance

Emphasize variable and performance-based compensation, with cash-based and equity-based performance targets approved by the Compensation Committee based on budgeted levels reviewed and approved in advance by the Board

Discourage unnecessary and inappropriate risk taking, including obtaining an annual independent risk assessment analysis

Regularly monitor our share utilization from equity compensation awards and the potential dilutive impact

Maintain robust stock ownership guidelines for our executive officers and directors (including 5x salary for CEO)

Maintain an incentive compensation clawback policy

Provide for “double-trigger” change in control vesting on all new equity grants since 2016, and no “single-trigger” cash or similar payment rights upon a change in control

Retain an independent compensation consultant who conducts an annual benchmarking of our compensation against industry peer group

Include caps on annual incentive plan payments and shares earned under PSUs

What we don’t do:

X

Pay dividends or dividend equivalents on unearned performance stock units

X

Maintain employment agreements with executive officers (unless required by law)

X

Pay excise tax gross-ups for change in control payments

X

Reprice stock options

X

Pay cash severance under our current agreements and policies (including to CEO) in excess of 1.5x salary and bonus (2.0x in the case of a change in control)

X

Permit hedging or pledging of our securities by directors or executive officers


Compensation Guiding PrinciplesFinancial information regarding our reportable business segments and Philosophy

The Compensation Committee (referred to throughoutcertain geographic information is included in Part II, Item 7 of this CompensationAnnual Report under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis asof Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Note 15 of the “Committee”) is comprised solely of independent directors.  The Committee recommendsNotes to the BoardConsolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Global Spine

The Global Spine reporting segment is largely represented by three product categories, i) Bone Growth Therapies, ii) Spinal Implants, and iii) Biologics. Our strategies within the Global Spine reporting segment for determination byeach of these product categories, and the Board,principal products within each of these categories, are described below in further detail:

Bone Growth Therapies

Within the President and Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, and discharges the responsibilitiesBone Growth Therapies product category of the Board relatingGlobal Spine reporting segment, we manufacture, distribute, and provide support services for market-leading bone growth stimulation devices that enhance bone fusion. These class III medical devices are indicated as an adjunctive, noninvasive treatment to all compensation of the Company’s other executive officers (including equity-based compensation for both executive officers and other key employees). The Committee guides itself in large part by our executive compensation philosophy. The compensation program for executive officers reflects the Committee’s “pay-for-performance” outlook, which seeks to align compensation with the goals of growing our business and increasing shareholder value.

The Committee is guided by a set of overall compensation guiding principles.  In September 2017, the Committee adopted the Orthofix Executive Compensation Guiding Principles (the “Executive Compensation Guiding Principles”), which update the Company’s prior Executive Compensation Guiding Principles and Compensation Philosophy for Senior Executives with a combined set of guidelines. These guiding principles are as follows:

Each compensation element should be competitive within the medical device industry but also tailored to Orthofix’s business needs, supporting the Company’s business strategy and hiring objectives of attracting, retaining and motivating top talent.

Variable compensation should provide significant leverage (upside and downside) so that payouts are commensurate with performance and replicate the shareholder-experience.

The Compensation Committee will have responsibility for all compensation decisions related to the executive officers, who are Section 16 reporting persons (referred to collectively as the Section 16 executive officers).

Management will have responsibility for compensation decisions related to all executives of the Company who are not Section 16 executive officers, subject to limits established by the Compensation Committee (i.e., long-term incentive awards and change in control agreement participation).

The Company’s executive compensation program should be easily understood by employees. Management is responsible for effectively communicating the design and administration of the program to employees. Consistent with these principles, the Committee’s compensation philosophy is to fairly compensate executive officers with an emphasis on providing incentives that balance our short- and long-term objectives. As described in more detail below, achievement of short-term objectives is rewarded through base salary and annual cash incentive awards, while grants of performance share units, and time-based vesting stock options and restricted stock, encourage executive officers to focus on our long-term goals. These core components remain the basis for our executive compensation philosophy as we seek to achieve profitable growth.  The Compensation Committee retains full discretion to set compensation (including salary and bonus amounts) and make long-term incentive awards that differ from the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, especially when special retention, recruitment or other factors suggest that such changes are believed to beimprove fusion success rates in the best interests of the Companycervical and its stockholders.  The Executive Compensation Guiding Principles are reviewed and updated from time to time by the Compensation Committee.

In implementing this overall “pay-for-performance” compensation philosophy for the Company’s executive officers, the Committee places considerable emphasis on variable elements of pay within the executive compensation program. These elements consist of the Company’s annual incentive plan, which is intended to reward executive officers for achieving specific operating and financial objectives during the fiscal year,lumbar spine as well as a long-term incentive plantherapeutic treatment for non-spinal, appendicular fractures that consistshave not healed (nonunions). These devices utilize Orthofix’s patented pulsed electromagnetic field (“PEMF”) technology, the safety and efficacy of stock options, balanced with both performance-based and time-based vesting stock awardswhich is supported by basic mechanism of action data in the scientific literature, as well as published data from level one randomized controlled clinical trials. The Committee seeks to provide rewards through the annual incentive plan by measuring performance based on key pre-established measures reflecting positive financial performance by the Company and its business units. The Committee also seeks to provide strong linkage between executives and shareholders with grants of equity, as the value of these awards appreciates in accordancedevices are compatible with the market value of the Company’s common stock. In additionSTIM onTrack mobile application, which includes a first-to-market feature that enables physicians to variable compensation programs, executives also receive healthremotely view and welfare benefits (includingassess patient adherence to treatment protocols and patient reported outcome measures. We currently have research and a clinical study underway to identify potential clinical indications for treating rotator cuff tears. We sell our 401(k) plan) that are generally consistent with those provided by our peer group and with the level of health and welfare benefits provided to all Company employees.

Governance of Executive Compensation

As described further below, executive compensation for our executive officers is reviewed and established annually by the Committee, which consists solely of independent directors. The Committee’s compensation decisions are intended to reflect its ongoing commitment to strong compensation governance, which the Committee believes is reflectedBone Growth Therapies products almost exclusively in the following elements ofU.S. using distributors and direct sales representatives to sell and deliver our executive compensation:devices to hospitals, healthcare providers, and patients.

Bone Growth Therapies Strategy

Our strategy for the Bone Growth Therapies product category is to expand patient access to bone growth therapy devices that deliver noninvasive treatment for promoting healing in fractured bones and spinal fusions. Our key strategies in this product category are to:

 

Pay At Risk Based on Performance — AsPromote competitive advantages of our programs are designed using a “pay-for-performance” philosophy, actual pay realized (earned) by our executives is predominantly at risk through our performance-based annual incentive programrecently launched products and through our long-term incentive grants that consist of both stock options (which will only provide value to executives if ourSTIM onTrack mobile app


 

stock price appreciates)Support adoption and both time-based and performance-based vesting stock awards.  For example, 50% of the total annual equity awards made through our long-term incentive grants only vest based on certain total shareholder return (“TSR”) criteria being met. In structuring this mix of compensatory elements, the Committee seeks to deliver pay in a way that reinforces focus on balancing short- and long-term financial performance objectives, while supporting performance with policies that focus on prudent risk taking and the balance between risk and reward.reimbursement with:

o

North American Spine Society’s (“NASS”) Coverage Policy Recommendation

o

Post-market clinical research

Continue to invest in expanding our sales force

Bring to market new PEMF products addressing unmet clinical needs

Stock Ownership Guidelines Align Bone Growth Therapies Products

The following table and discussion identify our principal Bone Growth Therapies products by trade name and describe their primary applications:

Product

Primary Application

CervicalStim Spinal Fusion Therapy

PEMF non-invasive cervical spinal fusion therapy used to enhance bone growth

SpinalStim Spinal Fusion Therapy

PEMF non-invasive lumbar spinal fusion therapy used to enhance bone growth

PhysioStim Bone Healing Therapy

PEMF non-invasive appendicular skeleton healing therapy used to enhance bone growth in nonunion fractures

Spinal Therapy

Our Executive Officersbone growth therapy devices used in spinal applications are designed to enhance bone growth and Directors with Shareholders the success rate of certain spinal fusions by stimulating the body’s own natural healing mechanism post-surgically. These non-invasive portable devices are intended to be used as part of a home treatment program prescribed by a physician.


We offer two spinal fusion therapy devices: the SpinalStim and CervicalStim devices. Our stimulation products use a PEMF technology designed to enhance the growth of bone tissue following surgery and are placed externally over the site to be healed. Research data shows that our PEMF signal induces mineralization and results in a process that stimulates new regeneration at the spinal fusion site. Some spine fusion patients are at greater risk of not achieving a solid fusion of new bone around the fusion site. These patients typically have one or more risk factors such as smoking, obesity, or diabetes, or their surgery involves the revision of a failed fusion or the fusion of multiple levels of vertebrae in one procedure. For these patients, post-surgical bone growth therapy has been shown to significantly increase the probability of fusion success.

The Committee believesSpinalStim device is a non-invasive spinal fusion stimulator system that a significant portion of each executive’s and director’s compensation should be tied to the Company’s financial performance and share price. We seek to award stock options and stock awards pursuant to our long-term incentive plan so that over a period of time, a significant portion of actual compensation is providedhas been commercially available in the formU.S. since 1990. It is designed for the treatment of share-based compensation. Inthe lumbar region of the spine. The device uses proprietary technology and a wavelength to generate a PEMF signal. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) has approved the SpinalStim system as a spinal fusion adjunct to increase the probability of fusion success and as a non-operative treatment for salvage of failed spinal fusion at least nine months post-operatively.

Our CervicalStim product remains the only FDA-approved bone growth stimulator on the market indicated for use as an adjunct to cervical spine fusion surgery in patients at high-risk for non-fusion. The FDA approved this regard, we have adopted stock ownership guidelines that apply to all of our executive officersdevice in 2004 and directors. The guidelines provide that the President and Chief Executive Officer should have an ownershipit has been commercially available in the Company’s common stock equal to five times his or her annual base salary, while all other executive officers (including executive officers who are not “named executive officers” inU.S. since 2005.

In 2016, the Company’s annual proxy statement) should have ownership equal to two times his or her annual base salary.  The guidelines provide that each director should have ownership equal to three times his or her annual director fee compensation. Full credit is given under the guidelinesNASS issued first-of-its-kind coverage recommendations for common stock owned, while 50% credit is provided for (i) unvested time-based vesting restricted stock and (ii) the unrealized gain on vested and in-the-money stock options. No credit is given for unvested stock options, out-of-the-money stock options or unvested performance vesting restricted stock or units.  The guidelines include a 5 year phase-in period from the date of appointment or election, as applicable, and progress towards meeting and maintaining these amounts is measured annually as of February 28.  Subject to phase-in periods for recent appointments, all executive officers and directors are in compliance with theelectrical bone growth stimulators. These evidence-based coverage policy at the present time.

Clawback Policy Promotes Long-Term Performance — In 2012, we adopted a clawback policy that applies to each of our executive officers, and applies to both cash-based and equity-based compensation. This policy is more fully described below on page 24.

No Repricing of Stock Options — Stock options are never issued with below-market exercise prices, and the repricing of stock options without shareholder approval is expressly prohibited under the terms of our long-term incentive plans. The Committee believes that the issuance of discount stock options and authorization of post-grant date repricings are each not performance-based pay practices, and therefore inconsistent with the Committee’s commitment to “pay-for-performance”.

Independent Report Supports Committee’s Risk Assessment — The Committee annually assesses the relationship between the Company’s compensation policies and practices for all employees and risk, including whether such policies and practices encourage imprudent risk taking, and/or would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. At the Committee’s request, Willis Towers Watson delivered a report in 2017, assessing potential risk that may be present in the design or administration of the Company’s compensation program. Consistent with Willis Towers Watson’s findings, the Committee believes that the Company’s employee compensation programs (executive and broad-based) provide multiple and effective safeguards to protect against undue risk.

No Hedging Policy — Our corporate governance guidelines prohibit all executive officers and directors from engaging in any hedging or monetization transactions involving the Company’s securities, including throughrecommendations support the use of financial instrumentsPEMF devices as an adjunct to spinal fusion surgery in high-risk patients. The NASS coverage policy recommends coverage of the use of electrical stimulation for spinal fusion healing in all regions of the spine, including cervical and lumbar regions. The validation of PEMF electrical stimulation from this leading surgical society has and is expected to continue to further support our efforts to expand the availability and use of the therapy to the many patients who can benefit from it.

In 2017, we announced FDA and European Commission CE mark approval for our next-generation SpinalStim and CervicalStim bone growth stimulators. The CervicalStim and SpinalStim systems available in the U.S. are accompanied by a new application for mobile devices called STIM onTrack. The mobile app includes a first-to-market feature that enables physicians to remotely view patient adhence to prescribed treatment protocols and patient reported outcome measures. Designed for use with smartphones and other mobile devices, the STIM onTrack tool helps patients follow their prescription with daily treatment reminders and a device usage calendar. The app is free and available through the iTunes App Store. In addition to the app, the next-generation bone growth stimulators include patient enhancements aimed at improving fit, comfort, and ease of use.

Orthopedic Therapy

Our PhysioStim bone healing therapy products use PEMF technology similar to that used in our spine stimulators. The primary difference is that the PhysioStim devices are designed for use on the appendicular skeleton.

A bone’s regenerative power results in most fractures healing naturally within a few months. However, in the presence of certain risk factors, some fractures do not heal or heal slowly, resulting in “nonunions.” Traditionally, orthopedists have treated such nonunion conditions surgically, often by means of a bone graft with fracture fixation devices, such as prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, collarsbone plates, screws, or intramedullary rods. These are examples of “invasive” treatments. Our patented PhysioStim bone healing therapy products are designed to use a low level of PEMF signals to noninvasively activate the body’s natural healing process. The devices are anatomically designed, allowing ease of placement, patient mobility, and exchange funds.  No executive officers or directors currently are partiesthe ability to cover a hedge with respectlarge treatment area.

In 2018, we announced the FDA and European Commission CE mark approval for our next-generation PhysioStim bone growth stimulator. Similar to any shares of Common Stock of the Company.  

No Pledging Policy — Our corporate governance guidelines prohibit all executive officersnext-generation CervicalStim and directors from pledgingSpinalStim systems, the Company’s securities as collateral for a loan.  Acquiring Company shares on margin, or holding Company shares in a margin account,PhysioStim device is also prohibited.  No executive officers or directors currently are partiesaccompanied by the STIM onTrack mobile app, enabling physicians treating patients with nonunion fractures to a pledge of any shares of Common Stock of the Company.    

Double-Trigger Change in Control Vesting — Since July 2016, equity grants are made using forms of award agreement featuring “double trigger” vesting, whereby awards will only accelerate vesting following an involuntary termination of employment if such involuntary termination occurs within 24 months of a change in control (or if such involuntary termination otherwise results from death or disability).remotely view and assess patient adhernce to prescribed treatment protocols and patient reported outcome measures. In addition we do not provide for any “single-trigger” cash or similar payment rights upon a change in control.

Use of Independently Prepared Competitive Assessments — The practice of the Compensation Committee is to engage the Company’s compensation consultant to prepare an independent executive compensation competitive assessment to measure our program against peer companies and other survey data.  The Committee takes these results into consideration in approving our executive compensation program.  


Compensation Process

The Committee is responsible for establishing and evaluating compensation policies and determining, approving and evaluating executive compensation, including the total compensation packages for our Section 16 executive officers. The Committee is also responsible for administering the Company’s equity incentive plans and other executive compensation policies and programs. The Committee specifically considers and approves the compensation for the executive officers and recommends for approval of the Board the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer. (The Chief Executive Officer is prohibited from being present during Committee or Board voting or deliberations with respect to his own compensation arrangements.) The Committee also is responsible for making recommendations to the Board regardingapp, the compensationnext-generation PhysioStim devices also include patient enhancements aimed at improving fit, comfort, and ease of directors. The Committee relies onuse.

Future Applications

We have sponsored research at the PresidentUniversity of Pennsylvania, Cleveland Clinic, New York University, and Chief Executive OfficerUniversity of California San Francisco, where scientists conducted animal and cellular studies to make recommendations on certain aspectsidentify the mechanisms of compensation as discussed below. The Committee acts under a written charter adopted by the Board. The Committee reviews its charter annually and recommends any changes to the Board. The charter is available on our website at www.orthofix.com.  As of the beginning of 2017, Mr. Paolucci, together with Drs. Jordan and Martin, served as the members of the Compensation Committee, with Dr. Jordan serving as Chair. Drs. Jordan and Martin each retired from the Board as of last year’s annual meeting. To fill the committee seats vacated by Drs. Jordan and Martin, and as part of the Board’s normal committee rotation process, Ms. Sainz and Mr. Lukianov replaced Drs. Jordan and Martin on the committee as of the date of last year’s annual meeting (at which time Mr. Paolucci became Chair).

During 2017, each member of the Board who served on the Committee was an independent, non-employee, non-affiliated, outside director while he or she served on the Committee. The Committee has furnished its report below.

Role of Executive Officers

At the Committee’s request, from time to time certainaction of our senior management present compensation-related initiatives toPEMF signals on bone and tendon and efficacy of healing. From these efforts, many studies have been published in peer-reviewed journals. Among other insights, the Committee. For instance, while the Committee approves all elementsstudies illustrate positive effects of compensation for executive officers, the Committee requestsPEMF on an annual basis that senior management aid the Committee in fulfilling its duties by facilitating the gathering of information relating to potential targetscallus formation and goals under our annual incentive programbone strength as well as possible equity incentive grants.  The Committee then reviews this informationproliferation and


differentiation of cells involved in connectionregeneration and healing. Furthermore, we believe that the research work with it setting annual incentive targetsCleveland Clinic and goals, or making equity grants. Under the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, managementUniversity of Pennsylvania, allowing for characterization and visualization of the Orthofix PEMF waveform, is responsiblepaving the way for compensation decisions relatedsignal optimization for a variety of new applications and indications. This collection of pre-clinical data, along with additional clinical data, could represent new clinical indication opportunities for our regenerative stimulation solutions.

Spinal Implants

Within the Spinal Implants product category of the Global Spine reporting segment, we design, develop and market a portfolio of motion preservation and fixation implant products used in surgical procedures of the spine. We distribute these products globally through a network of distributors and sales representatives to all executives who are non-Section 16 officers, subjectsell spine products to limits established by the Compensation Committee (e.g., long-term incentive awardshospitals and change in control agreement participation). In this context, the President and Chief Executive Officer has general oversighthealthcare providers.

Spinal Implants Strategy

Our vision for the non-executive officer employee compensation process within the Company,Spinal Implants product category is to become a first choice for surgeons, healthcare providers, and provides input to the Committeepayers by demonstrating strength in such capacity. The President and Chief Executive Officer also provides the Committee with additional input, perspective, and recommendationspartnership. Our key strategies in connection with the Committee’s salary determinations for executive officers. The President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer, and Vice President of Human Resources frequently attend meetings of the Committee in these respective capacities. These individuals are excluded from any Committee or Board deliberations or votes regarding their own compensation.  

Compensation Consultant

The Committee has the authority under its charter to retain, at the Company’s expense, outside compensation consultants to assist in evaluating compensation. The Committee also has the authority to terminate those engagements. In accordance with this authority and to aid the Committee in fulfilling its duties, the Committee engaged Mercer LLC (“Mercer”), as its outside compensation consultant in September 2017.  Prior to the engagement of Mercer, Willis Towers Watson served as the Committee’s compensation consultant.

In its role as compensation consultant, Mercer, at the Committee’s request, periodically conducts reviews and recommends updates to our executive officer and director compensation programs and long-term incentive practices.  

In connection with their engagement, Mercer reported to the Committee regarding its independence based on the six factors outlined in SEC regulations issued under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010. The Committee considered these factors and concluded that Mercer is independent and that its engagement by the Committee raised no conflicts of interest.

Peer Group Benchmarking

Decisions related to executive compensation program design and pay levels are informed, in part, by the practices and pay levels of comparable peer organizations. During 2017, the Committee engaged Mercer to conduct an executive compensation analysis that provided market competitive levels of total compensation. This assessment, which was completed and presented in December 2017, compared Orthofix executive officer compensation levels in comparison with market data to determine whether compensation levels for our executive officers remain consistent with market practice and our compensation philosophy.  In conducting the assessment, Mercer made comparisons to our peer group and survey data including companies in the life sciences/medical devices industries and technology companies.


In conducting the 2017 benchmarking, Mercer utilized a selection of 19 peer companies. This selection of peer companies, or “peer group,” reflects revisions to the Company’s 2016 peer group, which revisions were approved by the Committee in November 2017. The revisions to the peer group for 2017 consisted of the addition of Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., CryoLife Inc., Halyard Health, Inc., LivaNova PLC and Nevro Corp., and the deletion of Exactech, Inc., Globus Medical, Inc. and The Spectranetics Corporation. The members of the peer group were selected for inclusion principally because of their overall similarity to Orthofix in terms of annual revenue, industry sector/sub-sector, medical technology product lines and international penetration. The revised peer group consists of the following medical technology and device manufacturers and distributors, some of which we compete against for executive talent.category are:  

 

ABIOMED, Inc.

K2M Group Holdings, Inc.Accelerate training and market acceptance in the U.S. for our M6-C artificial cervical disc

 

Angiodynamics, Inc.

LivaNova PLCContinue creating differentiated products

 

Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Merit Medical Systems, Inc.Provide exceptional training and education programs for sales representatives and surgeons

 

CONMED Corporation

Nevro Corp.Acquire or license products, technologies and companies to further expand the Spinal Implants portfolio

Spinal Implants Products

The following table and discussion identify our key Spinal Implants products by trade name and describe their primary applications:

Product

  

CryoLife, Inc.

Natus Medical Inc.

Haemonetics Corporation

NuVasive, Inc.

Halyard Health, Inc.

NxStage Medical, Inc.

ICU Medical Inc.

RTI Surgical Inc.

Integer Holdings Corporation

Wright Medical Group N.V.

Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation

Primary Application

 

 

 

M6-C Artificial Cervical Disc

A next-generation artificial disc developed to replace an intervertebral disc damaged by cervical disc degeneration; the only artificial cervical disc that mimics the anatomic structure of a natural disc by incorporating an artificial viscoelastic nucleus and fiber annulus into its design

M6-L Artificial Lumbar Disc

A next-generation artificial disc developed to replace an intervertebral disc damaged by lumbar disc degeneration; the only artificial lumbar disc that mimics the anatomic structure of a natural disc by incorporating an artificial viscoelastic nucleus and fiber annulus into its design

FORZA XP Expandable Spacer System

A titanium expandable spacer system for Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (“PLIF”) and Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion (“TLIF”) procedures featuring a large graft window with the ability to pack post expansion in situ

CETRA Anterior Cervical Plate System

An anterior cervical plate system offering a low profile plate with an intuitive locking mechanism, large graft windows, a high degree of screw angulation, and simplified instrumentation

CONSTRUX Mini PEEK / Titanium Composite (“PTC”) Spacer System

A cervical interbody with 3D printed porous titanium end plates that may promote bone ingrowth and a Polyetheretherketones (“PEEK”) core to maintain imaging characteristics

FORZA PTC Spacer System

A posterior lumbar interbody with 3D printed porous titanium end plates that may promote bone ingrowth and a PEEK core to maintain imaging characteristics

PILLAR SA PTC PEEK Spacer System

A standalone Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (“ALIF”) lumbar interbody with 3D printed porous titanium end plates that may promote bone ingrowth and a PEEK core to maintain imaging characteristics


Product

Primary Application

FIREBIRD / FIREBIRD NXG Spinal Fixation System

A system of rods, crossbars, and modular pedicle screws designed to be implanted during a posterior lumbar spine fusion procedure

JANUS Midline Fixation Screw

An addition to the Firebird Spinal Fixation System designed to achieve more cortical bone purchase in the medial to lateral trajectory, when compared to traditional pedicle screws, and that provides surgeons with the option of a midline approach

Connector System for revisions

A comprehensive system to reduce the complexity of revising and extending existing spinal constructs; this eliminates the need to remove existing hardware while providing stability at adjacent levels

CENTURION Posterior Occipital Cervico-Thoracic (“POCT”) System

A multiple component system comprised of a variety of non-sterile, single use components made of titanium alloy or cobalt chrome that allow the surgeon to build a spinal implant construct

FIREBIRD SI

A minimally invasive screw system that is intended for fixation of sacroiliac joint disruptions in skeletally mature patients

FIREBIRD Deformity Correction System

An extension to the Firebird Spinal Fixation System that provides additional instrument and implant options for complex thoracolumbar spine procedures

PHOENIX Minimally Invasive Spinal Fixation System

A multi-axial extended reduction screw body used with the Firebird Spinal Fixation System designed to be implanted during a posterior thoracolumbar spine fusion procedure

LONESTAR Cervical Stand Alone (“CSA”)

A stand-alone spacer system designed to provide the biomechanical strength to a traditional or minimal invasive Anterior Cervical Discectomy and Fusion (“ACDF”) procedure with less disruption of patient anatomy and to preserve the anatomical profile

SKYHAWK Lateral Interbody Fusion System & Lateral Plate System

Provides a complete solution for the surgeon to perform a Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion, an approach to spinal fusion in which the surgeon accesses the intervertebral disc space using a surgical approach from the patient’s side that disturbs fewer structures and tissues

FORZA Spacer System

PEEK interbody devices for PLIF and TLIF procedures

 

 

 

Mercer’s 2017 assessment of compensation levels for the Company’s executive officers found that, on average, target total direct compensation (base salary, target cash bonus and target long-term incentive compensation) for the group as a whole was near the market median based on data for our peer group and survey data (as described above). Specifically, Mercer reported that each of base salary and target bonus were 4% above the market median, on average, and target long-term incentive compensation was 3% above the market median, on average.

The Role of Shareholder Say-on-Pay Votes and Shareholder Engagement

The Company provides its shareholders with the opportunity to cast an annual advisory, non-binding vote on executive compensation (a “say-on-pay proposal”), and subsequently evaluates these results. At the 2017 annual meeting, the Company’s say-on-pay proposal was supported by 92% of the votes cast, which we believe supports the Company’s “pay-for-performance” approach to executive compensation. The Committee evaluated the results of the vote in the fall of 2017.  

The Committee believes that the voting results over the course of the last several years (which has included 90% or greater approval votes at five of the Company’s last six Annual General Meetings) affirm shareholders’ overall support of the Company’s approach to executive compensation, including continuing efforts by the Committee during that time to evolve the Company’s compensation programs towards policies viewed by institutional and other shareholders as aligning executive compensation with the interests of shareholders and good corporate governance. In addition to responding to the input of shareholders, the Committee also has considered many other factors in evaluating and setting the Company’s executive compensation programs, including the Committee’s assessment of the interaction of our compensation programs with our corporate business objectives, periodic analysis of our programs by our compensation consultant, and annual review of data versus a comparator group of peer companies, each of which is evaluated in the context of the Committee members’ fiduciary duty to act as the directors determine to be in shareholders’ best interests. Each of these factors informed the Compensation Committee’s decisions regarding named executive officers’ compensation for 2017. The Committee will continue to consider feedback from shareholders, including the outcome of the Company’s say-on-pay votes, when making future compensation decisions for its named executive officers.

Elements of Executive Compensation

Overview

Our compensation program for executive officers and other key employees consists of three primary elements:

annual salary;

performance-based incentives in the form of annual cash bonuses; and

long-term equity-based incentives under our long-term incentive plan.


The Committee reviews annually what portion of an executive officer’s compensation should be in the form of salary, potential annual performance-based cash bonuses and long-term equity-based incentive compensation. The Committee believes an appropriate mix of these elements, commensurate with our compensation philosophy, will assist the Committee in meeting its compensation objectives. See below for more information on the Committee’s guidelines for each element of executive compensation. As part of its decision making process, the Committee reviews information setting forth all components of the compensation and benefits received by our named executive officers. This information includes a specific review of dollar amounts for salary, bonus and long-term equity-based incentive compensation. In addition, as further described below, we sometimes grant one-time bonuses and stock awards in connection with new hires and promotions, or for retention or special recognition purposes.

The charts below show the annual total target compensation (full-year base salary, target annual cash incentive compensation and long-term equity incentive compensation received) for our President and Chief Executive Officer and our other named executive officers for 2017. These charts illustrate that a significant portion of our named executive officer total target compensation was performance-based (53% for our President and Chief Executive Officer).

* All other compensation value not displayed as it represents less than 1% of total direct compensation.

Annual Salary

The Committee makes annual determinations with respect to the salaries of executive officers. In making these decisions, the Committee considers each executive officer’s performance, experience, contribution to the Company’s success, the market compensation levels for comparable positions within and outside our peer group, performance goals and objectives and other relevant information, including recommendations of the President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, we target a base salary range between the 25th and 75th percentile of peer group and/or market data. The Committee also makes annual recommendations to the Board for the salary of the President and Chief Executive Officer.


The range of increase for 2018 was determined based on the individual executive officer’s positioning within the peer group study, as well as individual performance and contribution to Company performance. The annual base salary amounts for our currently employed named executive officers are as follows:

  Name

Title

2017 Annual

Base Salary

2018 Annual

Base Salary

 

Percentage

Increase

 

  Bradley R. Mason

President and Chief Executive Officer

$ 710,800

$ 740,000

 

4.1%

 

  Douglas C. Rice

Chief Financial Officer

$ 390,000

 

$ 420,000

 

7.7%

 

  Michael M. Finegan

Chief Strategy Officer

$ 412,000

 

$ 418,000

 

1.5%

 

  Kimberley A. Elting

Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

$ 382,000

 

$ 410,000

 

7.3%

 

  Davide Bianchi(1)

President, Global Extremity Fixation

CHF 364,984

CHF 379,911

 

4.1%

 

(1) Mr. Bianchi is paid in Swiss Francs (CHF). Based on the average exchange rate to U.S. Dollars applicable during the 2017 fiscal year (1.0159), the amounts shown in the table above would be $370,780 and $385,944, respectively.

Cash Performance-Based Incentives – Annual Incentive Program

The Committee believes that a significant portion of the compensation for each executive officer should be in the form of annual performance-based cash bonuses.  These bonuses are provided through our annual incentive program, which seeks to tie an executive officer’s total cash compensation to our immediate, one-year financial performance.

The Compensation Committee is responsible for approving the annual bonus plan design every year. At the outset of each year the Committee establishes target performance goals and a range of performance around the target performance goals for which a bonus would be paid as described below.   The plan design, metrics, and metric incentive zones should support the annual corporate goals and objectives for the year.

For 2017, performance goals for Messrs. Mason, Rice and Finegan and Ms. Elting were based on Company-wide net sales and adjusted EBITDA performance, each weighted at 50%. (Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA (defined as GAAP-derived income from continuing operations less net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization)  net of credits or charges that were considered by the Committee at the time bonus targets were set to be outside of the normal ongoing operations of the Company.)  For Mr. Bianchi, these two metrics were each weighted at 25%, while sales and adjusted EBITDA for Mr. Bianchi’s Extremity Fixation strategic business unit were each weighted at 25%.

The Committee set the performance goals with the intent that it will be challenging for a participant to receive 100% of his or her incentive opportunity target award. However, an executive officer can earn up to 150% of his or her targeted bonus based upon actual performance measured against the range of established performance goals. No payouts are made for performance below the 50% achievement threshold on any specific goal.

The proposed goals and related matrix were reviewed and approved by the Committee in March 2017, and performance was then subsequently assessed by the Committee in February 2018. Each of the Committee members at the time of the applicable action participated in and approved these respective determinations.

The table below describes the target goals and actual achievement for the categories described above in 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Achievement

 

Weighting

Achievement Level (in millions)

 

% of Target

Category of 2017 Goals (1)

Other NEOs

Mr. Bianchi

Threshold 50%

Target 100%

Maximum 150%

Actual

Achievement  % of Target

Other NEOs

Mr. Bianchi

Company-wide Net Sales

50.0%

25.0%

$403.3

$411.5

$423.9

$429.0

150.0%

75.0%

37.5%

Company-wide Adjusted EBITDA

50.0%

25.0%

$85.4

$89.0

$95.2

$90.2

108.9%

54.5%

27.2%

Extremity Fixation SBU Net Sales

0.0%

25.0%

$95.2

$97.2

$101.1

$98.6

117.8%

0.0%

29.4%

Extremity Fixation SBU Adjusted EBITDA

0.0%

25.0%

$13.4

$15.8

$15.8

$15.2

130.0%

0.0%

32.5%

Total

100.0%

100.0%

 

 

 

 

 

129.5%

126.7%

(1) Committee approval of targets in March 2017 provided that targeted amounts would be adjusted to eliminate the effect of subsequent currency fluctuations.  The targeted amounts shown in the table reflect the original targets as adjusted to reflect such pre-approved constant currency adjustments.  


Aggregate Payouts

To calculate the bonus amount payable, the aggregate weighted achievement percentage for each named executive officer was multiplied by the target amount of bonus for which that participant was eligible.  These results are described in the tables below.

  Name

Company-wide Net

Sales Percent

Achievement

 

SBU Net Sales

Percent Achievement

 

Company-wide

Adjusted EBITDA Percent

Achievement

 

SBU Adjusted

EBITDA

Percent Achievement

 

Weighted Percent

Achievement

 

  Bradley R. Mason

150.0%

 

N/A

 

108.9%

 

N/A

 

129.5%

 

  Douglas C. Rice

150.0%

 

N/A

 

108.9%

 

N/A

 

129.5%

 

  Michael M. Finegan

150.0%

 

N/A

 

108.9%

 

N/A

 

129.5%

 

  Kimberley A. Elting 

150.0%

 

N/A

 

108.9%

 

N/A

 

129.5%

 

  Davide Bianchi

150.0%

 

117.8%

 

108.9%

 

130.0%

 

126.7%

 

  Name

2017 Base Salary

Amount

Target Bonus

Percentage

of Salary

Weighted

Percent

Achievement

Total Annual

Incentive Plan

Bonus

  Bradley R. Mason

$ 710,800

100.0%

129.5%

$920,486

  Douglas C. Rice

$ 390,000

60.0%

129.5%

$303,030

  Michael M. Finegan

$ 412,000

60.0%

129.5%

$320,124

  Kimberley A. Elting 

$ 382,000

60.0%

129.5%

$296,814

  Davide Bianchi (1)

CHF 364,984

60.0%

126.7%

CHF 277,461

(1) Mr. Bianchi is paid in Swiss Francs (CHF). Based on the average exchange rate to U.S. Dollars applicable during the 2017 fiscal year (1.0159), the amounts shown in the table would be $370,780 and $281,867, respectively.

Payouts to the named executive officers under the annual incentive program are reflected in column (g) of the “Summary Compensation Table.”

Other Bonus Payments

From time-to-time, the Committee uses its discretion to grant bonuses for performance or for other circumstances, such as in the cases of new hires and promotions. (See column (d) of the “Summary Compensation Table.”) The Committee has not granted any bonuses of this nature to named executive officers since 2014.

Long-Term Equity-Based Incentives

Overview and Long-Term Incentive Plan – 2012 LTIPMotion Preservation Solutions

In accordance with the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, the creation of sustainable shareholder value by means of equity incentive awards is a very important element of the total compensation provided to executive officers.  

Our primary equity compensation plan is the 2012 LTIP, which our shareholders approved in June 2012. 

Some current and former executive officers continue to hold outstanding awards under our 2004 LTIP, although2018, we no longer grant awards under this plan.  The Committee administers each of these plans and only the Committee makes long-term incentive plan grants to named executive officers. In addition, the Committee has in rare instances made inducement grants (in accordance with applicable Nasdaq rules) to newly hired executives outside of shareholder approved plans, as it did in 2013 in connection with the hiring of Mr. Mason. These inducement grants have been made on terms that are substantially the same as grants made under the 2012 LTIP or 2004 LTIP. The Company has not made any such non-shareholder approved plan inducement grants since 2013; however the Company has entered into a merger agreement to acquireacquired Spinal Kinetics Inc., a privately held developer and manufacturer of artificial cervical and lumbar discs, namely the M6-C cervical and expectsM6-L lumbar artificial discs, which are used to make equity awardstreat patients suffering from degenerative disc disease of the spine. The M6 discs are the only artificial discs that mimic the anatomic structure of a natural disc by incorporating an artificial viscoelastic nucleus and fiber annulus into their design. Like a natural disc, this unique construct allows for shock absorption at the implanted level, as well as provides a controlled range of motion when the spine transitions in its combined complex movements. Both discs have European Commission CE mark approval and prior to employees2019, had historically been exclusively distributed outside the U.S. In February 2019, we received FDA approval of the M6-C artificial cervical disc to treat patients with cervical disc degeneration. We released the M6-C artificial cervical disc in the U.S. in 2019 through a controlled market launch accompanied by an extensive training and education curriculum for surgeons. As of December 31, 2019, we have recorded $4.1 million in motion preservation sales within the U.S. market. In addition, we are in the planning phase of a 2-level investigational device exemption study for the M6-C artificial cervical disc, which we plan to initiate in 2020.

Spinal Kinetics atRepair Solutions

We provide a wide array of implants designed for use primarily in cervical, thoracic, and lumbar fusion surgeries. These implants are made of either metal or shortly following closinga thermoplastic compound called PEEK. The majority of the implants that we offer are made of titanium metal. The Spinal Fixation System, the Firebird Spinal Fixation System, the Phoenix Minimally Invasive Spinal Fixation System, the Ascent, Ascent LE, and the Centurion POCT Systems are sets of rods, cross connectors and screws that are implanted during


posterior fusion procedures. The Firebird Modular and pre-assembled Spinal Fixation Systems are designed to be used in relianceeither open or minimally-invasive posterior lumbar fusion procedures with our ProView MAP System. To complement our plates, rods and screw fixation options we offer an entire portfolio of cervical and thoracolumbar PEEK interbody devices within our Pillar and Forza product lines.  This interbody portfolio includes two stand-alone devices, Lonestar and Pillar SA, as well as the Construx Mini PTC system, a novel titanium composite spacer, which offers a superior alternative to other plasma spray coated options currently available on the Nasdaq inducement grant exception.market.  We also offer specialty plates and screws that are used in less common procedures, and as such, are not manufactured by many device makers.  


AtBiologics

Within the present time, the Committee grants three types of equity incentive awards to executive officers: (i) time-based vesting stock options, (ii) time-based vesting restricted stock, and (iii) performance-based vesting stock units.

 

Stock Options

Restricted Stock

Performance Stock Units

Value Weighting

25%

25%

50%

Performance Conditions

N/A

N/A

TSR relative to the S&P Healthcare Select Index

Term

Ten years

Four years

Three-year performance period with additional one-year holding period

Vesting

Vest in four equal installments on the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date

Vest in four equal installments on the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date

Cliff vest after three years upon certification of results. Subject to additional one-year holding period

Payout

Upon exercise, participant acquires common shares at the previously defined exercise price

Participant acquires unrestricted shares of common stock upon vesting

Payment made in unrestricted shares of common stock at the end of the holding period

Payouts at 50% of target for relative TSR performance at the 25th percentile

Maximum performance capped at 200% of target for relative TSR performance at or above the 75th percentile; overall payouts (i.e., including both performance results and stock price appreciation) capped at 500% of target

Vesting may not exceed 100% if actual TSR is negative during the performance period

In accordance with the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, equity incentive awards currently follow the following principles:

Annual long-term incentive awards are delivered in a mixBiologics product category of the typesGlobal Spine reporting segment, we provide a portfolio of equity awards describedregenerative products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. This product category specializes in the preceding paragraph.

Annual long-term incentive awards are mademarketing of regeneration tissue forms and distributes MTF Biologics (“MTF”) tissues to all Section 16 executive officers.

Annual long-term incentive award values are competitively positioned based onhospitals and healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S., through a network of independent distributors and sales representatives. Our partnership with MTF allows us to exclusively market datathe Trinity ELITE and Trinity Evolution tissue forms for comparable positionsmusculoskeletal defects to enhance bony fusion.

Biologics Strategy

In order to drive further adoption and individual performance.

Time-Based Vesting Grants

Underuse of our products, our strategy for the Company’s operative agreements with executive officers, the unvested portion of any time-based grantBiologics product category is forfeited if an employee voluntarily ceases employment prior to vesting. In the event that an employee is terminated by the Company without cause any remaining unvested portioneducate physicians, both directly and through our sales force, of the grant is forfeited. Insurgical and patient benefits of using our portfolio of regenerative tissues and products to augment their surgical procedures and results. Our key strategies in this product category are to:

Leverage sales channels of our spine and extremities businesses to expand coverage

Continue to leverage the surgeon-preferred Trinity ELITE characteristics and clinical evidence

Continue to expand and promote the breadth of the portfolio with offerings such as fiberFUSE

Accelerate new tissue development projects with MTF

Biologics Products

The following table and discussion identify the event an employee dies, suffers a long-term disability, or retires within certain ageprincipal Biologics products by trade name and service tenure parameters, the full grant vests. In all of the foregoing circumstances, vested stock options are subject to a limited post-employment exercise period, which ranges from 3 to 18 months depending on the circumstance. In the case of stock options held by employees who remain continuously employed, the options expire and are no longer exercisable 10 years from the grant date. Should a change in control occur while a grantee remains employed, unvested portions of the grant will accelerate only if the employee separates from employment in specific circumstances within 24 months of the change in control.

Performance-Based Vesting Grants

In recent years, the Committee has actively worked with its compensation consultant to implement performance-based vesting equity grants. The Committee first made such a grant in 2013 at the time Mr. Mason joined the Company. Rather than receiving a time-based grant, Mr. Mason agreed that his initial inducement grant of stock options would be subject to a vesting criteria based on sustained performance of the Company’s common stock. Specifically, 50% of this grant vested upon the Company’s common stock having a sustained average closing price of $45 or greater, while 50% of this grant vests upon the common stock having a sustained average closing price of $50 or greater. This award ultimately did not fully vest until approximately five years after the grant date.


2016 and 2017 Performance Stock Unit Grants

For 2016 and 2017, the Committee granted 50% of  executive officer(s) total annual equity award value in the form of performance stock units (“PSUs”) that vest based on the total shareholder return (“TSR”) of the Company’s common stock relative to other companies in the S&P Healthcare Select Index during a three-year performance period following the date of grant, with the change in share price during the performance period measured using the average closing price during the 20 days preceding each of the beginning and the end of the performance period. Achieved vesting percentages will be as follows:describe their primary applications:

 

  Company's TSR Percentile RankProduct

Vesting Percentage

Primary Application

 Below 25th Percentile

0%

Trinity ELITE

A fully moldable allograft with viable cells used during surgery that is designed to enhance the success of a spinal fusion or bone fusion procedure

 25th Percentile

50% (threshold)

Trinity Evolution

An allograft with viable cells used during surgery that is designed to enhance the success of a spinal fusion or bone fusion procedure

 50th Percentile

100% (target)

AlloQuent Structural Allografts

Interbody devices made of cortical bone (or cortical-cancellous grafts) that are designed to restore the space that has been lost between two or more vertebrae due to a degenerated disc during a spinal fusion procedure

 75th Percentile or Above

200% (maximum)

Collage Synthetic Osteoconductive Scaffold

A synthetic bone void filler

fiberFUSE

An allograft comprised of a mixture of cancellous bone and demineralized cortical bone that creates a natural scaffold for revascularization, cellular ingrowth, and new bone formation

VersaShield

A thin hydrophilic amniotic membrane designed to serve as a wound or tissue covering for a variety of surgical demands

The regenerative solutions offered as part of the Biologics product category’s portfolio include solutions for a variety of musculoskeletal defects used in spinal and extremity orthopedic procedures.


Regenerative Solutions

The premier biologics tissues we market include the Trinity ELITE and Trinity Evolution tissue forms, which are cortical cancellous allografts that contain viable cells and are used during surgery in the treatment of musculoskeletal defects for bone reconstruction and repair. These allografts are intended to offer a viable alternative to an autograft procedure, as harvesting autograft has been shown to add risk of an additional surgical procedure and related patient discomfort in conjunction with a repair surgery.

To provide structural support and facilitate bone growth in spine fusion procedures, we offer a full line of AlloQuent allograft structural spacers derived from human cadaveric bone. These spacers are used to restore the height lost between vertebral bodies when discs are removed in fusion procedures and to facilitate spine fusion.

We offer the Collage product as an osteoconductive scaffold and a bone graft substitute product. The product is a combination synthetic bone graft substitute comprised of beta tri-calcium phosphate and type 1 bovine collagen.

The fiberFUSE tissue is the newest biologics tissue form with handling characteristics analogous to Trinity ELITE and expands the offering to address a broader scope of surgical applications. This tissue offering was developed by MTF in close collaboration to expand the Orthofix portfolio and provides an opportunity to serve a great number of clinical indications addressed by surgeons.

We also market the VersaShield tissue form, a thin hydrophilic amniotic membrane designed to serve as a wound or tissue covering for a variety of surgical demands. Amniotic tissue forms derived from donated human placenta are used in a wide variety of applications and are valued for their healing properties, scar reduction and anti-adhesion characteristics. The VersaShield tissue is derived from the human placental layers, amnion and chorion, thin elastic membranes that allow the tissue to conform to the surface of the surgical site.  

We receive marketing fees through our collaboration with MTF for the Trinity ELITE, Trinity Evolution, fiberFUSE, and VersaShield tissues. MTF processes the tissues, maintains inventory, and invoices hospitals and surgery centers and other points of care for service fees, which are submitted by customers via purchase orders. We have exclusive worldwide rights to market the Trinity ELITE and Trinity Evolution tissue forms. We market the VersaShield tissue under a private label brand via a non-exclusive marketing agreement for the tissue form.

To date, our Biologics products are offered primarily in the U.S. market due in part to restrictions on providing U.S. human donor tissue in other countries.

Global Extremities

The Global Extremities reporting segment offers products and solutions that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of orthopedic conditions unrelated to the spine. This reporting segment specializes in the design, development, and marketing of the Company’s orthopedic products used in fracture repair, deformity correction, and bone reconstruction procedures. We distribute these products through a global network of distributors and sales representatives to sell our orthopedic products to hospitals and healthcare providers.

Global Extremities Strategy

Our strategy for the Global Extremities reporting segment is to continue to provide highly valued external and internal temporary to definitive fixation devices used in fracture repair, deformity correction, and bone reconstruction. Our key strategies in this segment are:

Geographic market & product focus on:

o

Pediatrics & deformity correction worldwide

o

Foot & ankle in the U.S.

o

Trauma in selected geographies

Promote the advantages of our JuniOrtho pediatric portfolio and support tools

Leverage the market acceptance of the TL-Hex platform

Close on the FITBONE asset acquisition transaction and Integrate the FITBONE business


Continue the strong pace of new product launches

Acquire or license products, technologies and companies to support these market opportunities.

Global Extremities Products

The following table and discussion identify the principal Global Extremities products by trade name and describe their primary applications:

Product

Primary Application

External Fixator

External fixation and internal fixation, including the Sheffield Ring, limb-lengthening systems, DAF, ProCallus, XCaliber and Gotfried P.C.C.P

Eight-Plate + Guided Growth System

The 2nd generation plate for treatment for bowed legs or knock knees of children

LRS Advanced Limb Reconstruction System

External fixation for limb lengthening and corrections of deformity

TrueLok

Ring fixation system for trauma, limb lengthening, and deformity correction

TL-HEX TrueLok Hexapod System (“TL-HEX”)

Hexapod external fixation system for trauma and deformity correction with associated software

HEX RAY

An innovative software to manage pre-operation and post-operation planning in connection with the TL-HEX system

Galaxy Fixation System

External fixation system for temporary and definitive fracture fixation, including anatomical specific clamps

VeroNail Trochanteric Nailing System

Trochanteric titanium nailing system for hip fractures

Centronail Titanium Nailing System

Complete range of intramedullary nails including the Humeral Nail

Ankle Hind Foot Nailing System (“AHN”)

An extension of the Centronail range of intramedullary nails

Chimaera Hip Fracture System

A strong, versatile hip nail that allows fixation to be adapted to the type of fracture being treated

Agile Nail

A small rigid intramedullary nail to treat adolescent patients

MJ FLEX

An innovative elastic nail with a unique design to be used in pediatric patients

OSCAR

Ultrasonic bone cement removal

Ankle Hindfoot Nail (“AHN”)

A differentiated solution for hindfoot fusions

Contours Lapidus Plating System (“LPS”)

A plate design contoured specifically for a tarsometatarsal (“TMT”) fusion

Contours VPS Volar Plating System III

The 3rd generation of plates to treat distal radius fractures

RIVAL Foot & Ankle System

A comprehensive offering of foot and ankle solutions across the range of two plating lines, Rival VIEW and Rival REDUCE, accompanied by Rival BITE, an extensive portfolio of headed cannulated and headless compression screws

We provide internal and external fixation solutions for extremity repair and deformity correction, both for adults and children. Our fracture repair products consist of fixation devices designed to stabilize a broken bone until it can heal. With these devices, we can treat simple and complex fracture patterns, along with achieving deformity corrections.


External Fixation

External fixation devices are used to stabilize fractures and offer an ideal treatment for complex fractures, fractures near the joints, and in patients with known risk factors or co-morbidities. The treatment method entails the use of bone screws and/or wires which are inserted percutaneously into the bone and stabilized with an external device. The treatment is minimally invasive and allows external manipulation of the bone to obtain and maintain final bone alignment (reduction). The bone is fixed in this way until healing. External fixation devices may also be used temporarily in complex trauma cases to stabilize the fracture prior to treating it definitively. In these situations, the device offers rapid fracture stabilization, which is important in life saving as well as limb salvage procedures.

The Galaxy Fixation System is a modular external fixation system indicated for fracture treatment in the upper and lower limbs. The system incorporates a streamlined combination of clamps, with both pin-to-bar and bar-to-bar coupling capabilities, offering a complete range of applications, including specific anatomic units for the elbow, shoulder, and wrist. It is designed both for temporary and definitive fracture fixation. It is also available in sterile kits for convenience and ease of use.

The XCaliber external fixator, made of lightweight radiolucent material, offers improved X-ray visualization of the fracture and alignment. It is available in three configurations for the treatment of long bone fractures, fractures near joints, and ankle fractures. XCaliber fixators are supplied pre-assembled, ready to use, in sterile kits to decrease time in the operating room.

The LRS Advanced Limb Reconstruction System uses callus distraction to lengthen bone in a variety of procedures, including monofocal lengthening and corrections of deformity. Its multifocal procedures include bone transport, simultaneous compression and distraction at different sites, bifocal lengthening, and correction of deformities with shortening.

The TrueLok Ring Fixation System is a surgeon-designed, lightweight external fixation system for limb lengthening and deformity correction. In essence, a ring fixation construct consists of circular rings and semi-circular external supports centered on the patient’s limb and secured to the bone by crossed, tensioned wires and half pins. The rings are connected externally to provide stable bone fixation. The main external connecting elements are threaded rods, linear distractors, or hinges and angular distractors, which allow the surgeon to adjust the relative position of rings to each other. The ring positions are manipulated either acutely or gradually in precise increments to perform the correction of the deformity, limb lengthening, or bone segment transportation as required by the surgeon. Created with pre-assembled function blocks, the TrueLok products are a simple, stable, versatile ring fixation system.

The TL-HEX System is a hexapod-based system designed at Texas Scottish Rite Hospital for Children as a three-dimensional bone segment reposition module to augment the previously developed TrueLok frame. The system consists of circular and semi-circular external supports secured to the bones by wires and half pins and interconnected by six struts. This allows multi-planar adjustment of the external supports. The rings’ positions are adjusted either rapidly or gradually in precise increments to perform bone segment repositioning in three-dimensional space. All the basic components from the TrueLok Ring Fixation System (wire and half pin fixation bolts, posts, threaded rods, plates, and other assembly components and instrumentation) can be utilized with the TL-HEX system; therefore, external supports from both systems can be connected to each other when building fixation blocks.

The addition of HEX-Ray software to the TL-HEX platform allows a unique and realistic representation of the case using real x-rays and providing more accurate and user-friendly management of the surgery. The software is intended to help the surgeon save time by avoiding undesired corrections and mistakes related to software management.

Linked to the TrueLok and TL-HEX lines, we have also developed an app to support the patient. The patient is an active part in the healing process and the app is designed to improve the communication and connection with the hospital staff by saving time, optimizing the number of visits to the clinic, and supporting the patient with motivational messages and an online tutorial to sort out the most common issues. Also related to the TrueLok and TL-HEX lines, but specifically developed for younger patients, we created the Edugame, an online app to help patients learn by playing a virtual game. It has been developed with psychologist involvement in order to deliver useful information in an effective way.

Our proprietary XCaliber bone screws are designed to be compatible with our external fixators and reduce inventory for our customers. Some of these screws are covered with hydroxyapatite, a mineral component of bone that reduces superficial inflammation of soft tissue and improves bone grip. Other screws in this proprietary line do not include the hydroxyapatite coating, but offer different advantages, such as patented thread designs for better adherence in hard or poor quality bone. We also offer


cylindrical screws, which are geared towards the trauma applications of the Galaxy Fixation System. We believe we have a full line of bone screws to meet the demands of the market.

In 2017, we introduced JuniOrtho, a brand identity for extremity fixation pediatric products. JuniOrtho is a range of products and resources dedicated to pediatrics and young adults with bone fractures and deformities that brings together our expertise and products in the pediatric space.

Internal Fixation

Internal fixation devices come in various sizes, depending on the bone that requires treatment, and consist of either long rods, commonly referred to as nails, or plates that are attached with the use of screws. A nail is inserted into the medullary canal of a fractured long bone of the human arm or leg (e.g., humerus, femur, or tibia). Alternatively, a plate is attached by screws to an area such as a broken wrist, hip, or foot. Examples of our internal fixation devices include:

The Chimaera Hip Nailing System, which is indicated for the treatment of hip fractures. The Chimaera hip nail is designed to offer improvements over currently available nails by taking advantage of decades of knowledge in hip nailing. The result is a strong, versatile nail that allows fixation to be adapted to the type of fracture being treated.  An all-in-one dedicated instrument tray contains a color-coded instrument set designed for increased precision during the surgical steps as well as intuitive instrument selection.

The VeroNail Trochanteric Nailing System, which is indicated for the treatment of hip fractures. The nail design is minimally-invasive to reduce surgical trauma and allow patients to begin walking again shortly after the operation. It uses a dual screw configuration that we believe provides more stability than previous single screw designs.

The Centronail Titanium Nailing System, which comprises a range of titanium nails to stabilize fractures in the femur, tibia, and humerus. The system offers improved mechanical distal targeting and minimal instrumentation to optimize inventory.

The Ankle Hindfoot Nail, which is an arthrodesis nailing system designed to improve upon the stability, simplicity, and flexibility of current hindfoot nails.

The Agile Nail, which is designed to treat femoral fractures in patients where a small rigid nail is needed. Its unique design requires less inventory and is the smallest titanium nail currently available in the market. This provides further benefits such as reduced invasiveness and lightness.

The MJ Flex, which is an elastic nail system that innovates a technique considered to be the gold standard in the treatment of pediatric fractures. The unique shape of the nail offers improved strength, better visibility, more rigidity, and potentially a reduced usage of x-rays. The system is available in different sizes, both in titanium and stainless steel.

The RIVAL Foot & Ankle System, which is a comprehensive offering of foot and ankle solutions across the range of two plating lines, Rival VIEW and Rival REDUCE, accompanied by Rival BITE, an extensive portfolio of headed cannulated and headless compression screws. The system is comprised of titanium plates and screws for the stabilization and fixation of fresh fractures, revision procedures, joint fusion, and reconstruction of small bones of the hand, feet, wrist, ankles, fingers, and toes.

In addition to treating bone fractures, we also design, manufacture and distribute devices intended to treat congenital bone conditions, such as angular deformities (e.g., bowed legs in children), or degenerative diseases, as well as conditions resulting from a previous trauma. An example of a product offered in this area is the Eight-Plate Guided Growth System.

Product Development

Our primary research and development facilities are located in Verona, Italy and Lewisville, Texas. We work with leading hospital research institutions, as well as with MTF, physicians, and other consultants, on the long-term scientific planning and evolution of our products and therapies. Several of the products that we market have been developed through these collaborations. In addition, we periodically receive suggestions for new products and product enhancements from the scientific and medical community, some of which result in us entering into assignment or license agreements with physicians and third parties.

In 2019, 2018, and 2017, we incurred $34.6 million, $33.2 million, and $29.7 million, respectively, of research and development expense.


FITBONE Asset Acquisition

On February 3, 2020, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Wittenstein SE (“Wittenstein”), a privately-held German-based company, to acquire assets associated with the FITBONE intramedullary lengthening system for limb lengthening of the femur and tibia bones. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, as consideration for the acquired assets, we will pay $18 million in cash consideration and will enter into manufacturing supply contract with Wittenstein. The acquisition is anticipated to close by the end of the first quarter of 2020, subject to customary closing conditions.

Patents, Trade Secrets, Assignments and Licenses

We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, assignment and license agreements, and non-disclosure agreements to protect our proprietary intellectual property. We own numerous U.S. and foreign patents, have numerous pending patent applications, and have license rights under patents held by third parties. Our primary products are patented in the major markets in which they are sold. No assurance can be given that pending patent applications will result in issued patents, that patents issued or assigned to or licensed by us will not be challenged or circumvented by competitors, or that such patents will be found to be valid or sufficiently broad to protect our technology or to provide us with any competitive advantage or protection. Third parties might also obtain patents that would require assignments to or licensing by us to conduct our business. We rely on confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees, consultants, and other parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary technology.

We obtain assignments or licenses of varying durations for certain of our products from third parties. We typically acquire rights under such assignments or licenses in exchange for lump-sum payments or arrangements under which we pay a percentage of sales to the licensor. However, while assignments or licenses to us generally are irrevocable, no assurance can be given that these arrangements will continue to be made available to us on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. The terms of our license and assignment agreements vary in length from a specified number of years to the life of product patents or the economic life of the product. These agreements generally provide for royalty payments and termination rights in the event of a material breach.

Compliance and Ethics Program

It is a fundamental policy of our Company to conduct business in accordance with the highest ethical and legal standards. We have a comprehensive compliance and ethics program, which is overseen by our Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer who reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer and the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors. The program is intended to promote lawful and ethical business practices throughout our domestic and international businesses. It is designed to prevent and detect violations of applicable federal, state, and local laws in accordance with the standards set forth in guidance issued by the U.S. Department of Justice (“Evaluation of Corporate Compliance Programs” (updated April 2019)), the Office of Inspector General (HCCA-OIG “Measuring Compliance Program Effectiveness: A Resource Guide” (March 2017)) and the U.S. Sentencing Commission (“Effective Compliance and Ethics Programs” (November 2014)). Key elements of the program include:  

Organizational oversight by senior-level personnel responsible for the compliance function within our Company;

Written standards and procedures, including a Corporate Code of Conduct;

Methods for communicating compliance concerns, including anonymous reporting mechanisms;

Investigation and remediation measures to ensure prompt response to reported matters and timely corrective action;

Compliance education and training for employees and contracted business associates;

Auditing and monitoring controls to promote compliance with applicable laws and assess program effectiveness;

Disciplinary guidelines to enforce compliance and address violations;

Due diligence reviews of high risk intermediaries and exclusion lists screening of employees and contracted business associates; and

Risk assessments to identify areas of compliance risk.


Government Regulation

Classification and Approval of Products by the FDA and other Regulatory Authorities

Our research, development, and clinical programs, and our manufacturing and marketing operations, are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and other countries. Most notably, all of our products sold in the U.S. are subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and the Public Health Services Act as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The regulations that cover our products and facilities vary widely from country to country. The amount of time required to obtain approvals or clearances from regulatory authorities also differs from country to country.

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we commercially distribute in the U.S. is covered by premarket notification (“510(k)”) clearance, letter to file, approval of a premarket approval application (“PMA”), or some other approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes, which generally determine the type of FDA approval required. Devices deemed to pose low risk are placed in class I, while devices that are considered to pose moderate risk are placed in class II, and devices deemed to pose the greatest risks requiring more regulatory controls necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a device that previously received 510(k) clearance (as described below), are placed in class III. Our Spinal Implants and Global Extremities products are, for the most part, class II devices and the instruments used in conjunction with these products are generally class I. Our Bone Growth Therapies products and the M6-C artificial cervical disc are classified as class III by the FDA, and have been approved for commercial distribution in the U.S. through the PMA process.

The medical devices we develop, manufacture, distribute, and market are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state, and foreign governmental authorities. The process of obtaining FDA clearance and other regulatory approvals to develop and market a medical device, particularly from the FDA, can be costly and time-consuming, and there can be no assurance such approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. While we believe we have obtained all necessary clearances and approvals for the manufacture and sale of our products and that they are in material compliance with applicable FDA and other material regulatory requirements, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue such compliance.

To market our devices within the member states of the European Union (“E.U.”), we are required to comply with the European Medical Device Directives. Under the European Medical Device Directives, all medical devices must bear the CE mark. To obtain authorization to affix the CE mark to our products, a recognized European Notified Body must assess our quality systems and the product’s conformity to the requirements of the European Medical Device Directives. We are subject to an annual inspection by a Notified Body for compliance with these requirements.

In 2017, the E.U. adopted the E.U. Medical Device Regulation (Council Regulations 2017/745) which imposes stricter requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices, including new quality system and post-market surveillance requirements. The regulation provides a transition period until May 2020 for currently-approved medical devices to meet the additional requirements and for certain devices this transition period can be extended until May 2024. After this transition period, all medical devices marketed in the E.U. will require certification according to these new requirements. Complying with this new regulation will require us to incur significant costs over the transition period and failure to meet the requirements of the regulation could adversely impact our business in the EU and other countries that utilize or rely on E.U. requirements for medical device registrations.

Within our Biologics product category, we market tissue for bone repair and reconstruction under the brand names Trinity ELITE, Trinity Evolution, and fiberFUSE, our allogeneic bone matrices comprised of cancellous bone containing viable stem cells and a demineralized cortical bone component. These allografts are regulated under the FDA’s Human Cell, Tissues and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products, or HCT/P, regulatory paradigm and not as a medical device, biologic, or a drug. The Biologics product category also distributes certain surgical implant products known as “allograft” products that are derived from human tissues and which are used for bone reconstruction or repair and are surgically implanted into the human body. These tissues are regulated by the FDA as minimally-manipulated tissue and are covered by the FDA’s “Good Tissues Practices” regulations, which cover all stages of allograft processing. There can be no assurance our suppliers will continue to meet applicable regulatory requirements or that those requirements will not be changed in ways that could adversely affect our business. Further, there can be no assurance these products will continue to be made available to us or that applicable regulatory standards will be met or remain unchanged. Moreover, products derived from human tissue or bones are from time to time subject to recall for certain administrative or safety reasons and we may be affected by one or more such recalls. For a further description of some of these risks, see Item 1A of this Annual Report under the heading “Risk Factors.”


Certain Other Product and Manufacturing Regulations

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. Those regulatory requirements include: product listing and establishment registration; Quality System Regulation (“QSR”), which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process; labeling regulations and governmental prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved, or off-label uses or indications; clearance of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices; approval of product modifications that affect the safety or effectiveness of one of our PMA approved devices; Medical Device Adverse Event Reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA and other foreign governmental agencies if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction of the device or a similar device were to recur; post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval study commitments; post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device; the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can ask, or under certain conditions, order device manufacturers to recall a product from the market that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; regulations pertaining to voluntary recalls; and notices of corrections or removals.

We and certain of our suppliers also are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA and European Notified Bodies to determine our compliance with the FDA’s QSR and other international regulations. If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with applicable regulations, the agency could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as fines and civil penalties against us, our officers, our employees, or our suppliers; unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions; delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve, our products; withdrawal or suspension of approval of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies; product recall or seizure; interruption of production; operating restrictions; injunctions; and criminal prosecution. In addition to FDA inspections, all manufacturing facilities of the Company are subject to annual Notified Body inspections.

Moreover, governmental authorities outside the U.S. have become increasingly stringent in their regulation of medical devices. Our products may become subject to more rigorous regulation by non-U.S. governmental authorities in the future. U.S. or non-U.S. government regulations may be imposed in the future that may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. For a description of some of these risks, see Item 1A of this Annual Report under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Accreditation Requirements

Our subsidiary, Orthofix Inc., has been accredited by the Accreditation Commission for Health Care, Inc. (“ACHC”) for medical supply provider services with respect to durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics, and supplies (“DMEPOS”). ACHC, a private, not-for-profit corporation, which is certified to ISO 9001:2000 standards, was developed by home care and community-based providers to help companies improve business operations and quality of patient care. Although accreditation is generally a voluntary activity where healthcare organizations submit to peer review their internal policies, processes, and patient care delivery against national standards, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) required DMEPOS suppliers to become accredited. We believe that by attaining accreditation, Orthofix Inc. has demonstrated its commitment to maintain a higher level of competency and strive for excellence in its products, services, and customer satisfaction.

Third-Party Payor Requirements

Our products may be reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, and Tricare, or private insurance plans and healthcare networks. Third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device provided to a patient or used in a procedure does not meet applicable payment criteria or if the policyholder’s healthcare insurance benefits are limited. Also, non-government third-party payors are increasingly challenging the medical necessity and prices paid for our products and services. The Medicare program is expected to continue to implement a new payment mechanism for certain DMEPOS items via the implementation of its competitive bidding program. Bone growth therapy devices are currently exempt from this competitive bidding process.

Laws Regulating Healthcare Fraud and Abuse; State Healthcare Laws

Our sales and marketing practices are also subject to a number of U.S. laws regulating healthcare fraud and abuse such as the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal Physician Self-Referral Law (known as the “Stark Law”), the Civil False Claims Act, and


the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as well as numerous state laws regulating healthcare and insurance. These laws are enforced by the Office of Inspector General within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S. Department of Justice, and other federal, state, and local agencies. Among other things, these laws and others generally (1) prohibit the provision of anything of value in exchange for the referral of patients for, or the purchase, order, or recommendation of, any item or service reimbursed by a federal healthcare program, (including Medicare and Medicaid); (2) require that claims for payment submitted to federal healthcare programs be truthful; (3) prohibit the transmission of protected healthcare information to persons not authorized to receive that information; and (4) require the maintenance of certain government licenses and permits.

Laws Protecting the Confidentiality of Health Information

U.S. federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of certain health information, in particular individually identifiable information such as medical records, and restrict the use and disclosure of that protected information. At the federal level, the Department of Health and Human Services promulgates health information privacy and security rules under HIPAA. These rules protect health information by regulating its use and disclosure, including for research and other purposes. Failure of a HIPAA “covered entity” to comply with HIPAA regarding such “protected health information” could constitute a violation of federal law, subject to civil and criminal penalties. Covered entities include healthcare providers (including certain of those that sell devices or equipment) that engage in particular electronic transactions, including, as we do, the transmission of claims to health plans. Consequently, health information that we access, collect, analyze, and otherwise use and/or disclose includes protected health information that is subject to HIPAA. As noted above, many state laws also pertain to the confidentiality of health information. Such laws are not necessarily preempted by HIPAA, in particular those state laws that afford greater privacy protection to the individual than HIPAA. These state laws typically have their own penalty provisions, which could be applied in the event of an unlawful action affecting health information.

In the European Union, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which became enforceable in May 2018, includes, among other things, a requirement for prompt notice of data breaches to data subjects and supervisory authorities in certain circumstances and significant fines for non-compliance. Internationally, some countries have also passed laws that require individually identifiable data on their citizens to be maintained on local servers and that may restrict transfer or processing of that data.

These laws and regulations impact the ways in which we use and manage personal data, protected health information, and our information technology systems. They also impact our ability to move, store, and access data across geographic boundaries. Compliance with these requirements may require changes in business practices, complicate our operations, and add complexity and additional management and oversight needs. They also may complicate our clinical research activities, as well as product offerings that involve transmission or use of clinical data.

Physician Payments Sunshine Provision of the Affordable Care Act

The Physician Payments Sunshine Provision of the Affordable Care Act (Section 6002) (the “Sunshine Act”), which was enacted in 2010 and became subject to final CMS rules in 2013, requires public disclosure to the United States government of payments to physicians and teaching hospitals, including in-kind transfers of value such as gifts or meals. The Act also provides penalties for non-compliance. The Act requires that we file an annual report on March 31st of a calendar year for the transfers of value incurred for the prior calendar year.

In 2018, the Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Recovery and Treatment for Patients and Communities Act (the “SUPPORT Act”) was signed into law. The SUPPORT Act expands the reporting obligation under the Sunshine Act to include payments and other transfers of value made to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse midwives. These expanded reporting obligations are effective for payments reported in 2022, with payment tracking beginning in 2021. Non-compliance with the Sunshine Act or SUPPORT Act is subject to civil monetary penalties.

In addition to the Sunshine Act, as expanded by the SUPPORT Act, we seek to comply with other international and individual state transparency laws, like Massachusetts and Vermont.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

General Trends


We believe that demographic trends, principally in the form of a better informed, more active, and aging population in the major healthcare markets of the U.S., Western Europe, and Japan, together with opportunities in emerging markets such as the Asia-Pacific Region and Latin America, as well as our focus on innovative products, will continue to have a positive effect on the demand for our products.

Reporting Segments and Product Categories

Our revenues are generated from the sales of products in our two reporting segments, Global Spine and Global Extremities. Further, our Global Spine reporting segment is comprised of three primary product categories: Bone Growth Therapies, Spinal Implants, and Biologics. See the following chart for the distribution of sales between each of our reporting segments and product categories for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017.

Sales Network

We have a broad sales network comprised of direct sales representatives, sales agents, and distributors. This established sales network provides us with a platform to introduce new products and expand sales of existing products. We distribute our products worldwide in more than 70 countries.

In our largest market, the U.S., our sales network is generally comprised of four sales forces, each addressing one of our primary product categories; however, many independent distributors sell products for more than one of our product categories. Within our Global Spine reporting segment, a hybrid distribution network of direct sales representatives and independent distributors sells products in our Bone Growth Therapies product category, while primarily independent distributors sell products in our Spinal Implants and Biologics product categories. In the U.S., our Global Extremities reporting segment products are primarily sold by independent distributors.

Outside the U.S., we employ direct sales representatives and contract with independent distributors. In order to provide support to our independent sales network, we have sales and product specialists who regularly visit independent distributors to provide training and product support.


Marketing and Product Education

We market and sell our products principally to physicians, hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers, integrated health delivery systems, and other purchasing organizations.

We support our sales force through specialized training workshops in which physicians and sales specialists participate. We also produce marketing and training materials, including materials outlining surgical procedures, for our customers, sales force, and distributors in a variety of languages using printed, video, and multimedia formats. We require all of our sales force, direct and independent, to undergo extensive product, policy, and compliance training to ensure adherence to our standards, policies, and applicable law.

To provide additional advanced training for physicians, consistent with the AdvaMed Code of Ethics (“AdvaMed Code”) and the MedTech Europe Code of Ethical Business Practice (“MedTech Code”), we organize regular multilingual teaching seminars in multiple locations. Those places include our facility in Verona, Italy, various locations in Latin America, and in Lewisville, Texas. In recent years, thousands of surgeons from around the world attended these product education seminars, which have included a variety of lectures from specialists, as well as demonstrations and hands-on workshops.

Competition

Our Bone Growth Therapies product category competes principally with similar products marketed by Zimmer Biomet, Inc.; DJO Global; and Bioventus. The Biologics HCT/P and Spinal Implants products we market compete with products marketed by Medtronic, Inc.; DePuy Synthes, a division of Johnson and Johnson; Stryker Corp.; Zimmer Biomet, Inc.; NuVasive, Inc.; Globus Medical Inc.; and various smaller public and private companies. For Global Extremities devices, our principal competitors include DePuy Synthes; Zimmer Biomet, Inc.; Stryker Corp.; Smith & Nephew plc; and Wright Medical Group N.V.

We believe that we enhance our competitive position by focusing on product features such as ease of use, versatility, cost, and patient acceptability, together with value-added services, such as the STIM onTrack mobile app, HEX RAY software, and our JuniOrtho educational products and services. We attempt to avoid competing based solely on price. Overall cost and medical effectiveness, innovation, reliability, value-added service, and training are the most prevalent methods of competition in the markets for our products, and we believe we compete effectively.  

Manufacturing and Sources of Supply

We generally design, develop, assemble, test and package our stimulation, orthopedic, and spinal implant products, and subcontract the manufacture of a substantial portion of the component parts and instruments. We design and develop our AlloQuent Allograft HCT/Ps and subcontract its manufacturing. Through subcontracting a portion of our manufacturing, we attempt to maintain operating flexibility in meeting demand while focusing our resources on product development, education, and marketing, as well as quality assurance standards. Although certain of our key raw materials are obtained from a single source, we believe alternate sources for these materials are available. Further, we believe an adequate inventory supply is maintained to avoid product flow interruptions. Historically, we have not experienced difficulty in obtaining the materials necessary to meet our production schedules.

The Trinity ELITE, Trinity Evolution, and fiberFUSE HCT/Ps, for which we have exclusive marketing rights, are allograft tissue forms that are supplied to customers by MTF in accordance with orders received directly from us. MTF sources, processes, and packages the tissue forms and is the sole supplier of the Trinity ELITE and Trinity Evolution HCT/Ps to our customers.

Our products are currently manufactured and assembled in the U.S. and Italy. We believe our plants comply in all material respects with the requirements of the FDA and all relevant regulatory authorities outside the U.S. For a description of the laws to which we are subject, see Item 1, “Business”, under the subheadings “Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program” and “Government Regulation.” We actively monitor each of our subcontractors in order to maintain manufacturing and quality standards and product specification conformity.

Employees

At December 31, 2019, we had 1,055 employees worldwide. Of these, 774 were employed in the U.S. and 281 were employed at other non-U.S. locations. Our relations with our Italian employees, who numbered 196 at December 31, 2019, are governed by the provisions of a National Collective Labor Agreement setting forth mandatory minimum standards for labor relations in the metal


mechanic workers industry. We are not a party to any other collective bargaining agreement. We believe we have good relations with our employees.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report and the exhibits hereto, you should carefully consider the risks described below. These risks are not the only ones that we may face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also impair our business operations. This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below or elsewhere in this Annual Report. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk and if any of these risks or uncertainties occur, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls or discover material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or detect fraud, which could harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important in our effort to prevent financial fraud. We are required to periodically evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls. As has occurred in several years prior, these evaluations may result in the conclusion that enhancements, modifications, or changes to our internal controls are necessary or desirable. While management evaluates the effectiveness of our internal controls on a regular basis, these controls may not always be effective. There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of internal controls, including collusion, management override, and failure of human judgment. Because of this, control procedures are designed to reduce rather than eliminate business risks. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls or if management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to discover material weaknesses in our internal controls, we may be unable to produce reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, which could harm our financial condition and operating results, and could result in a loss of investor confidence and a decline in our stock price.

We have previously settled violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and any future violations could further subject us to adverse consequences.

In 2013, we self-reported to the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) and the SEC an internal investigation of improper payments by our Brazilian subsidiary, Orthofix do Brasil Ltda., regarding non-compliance by such subsidiary with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”).  This followed a prior matter that we self-reported to the DOJ and SEC in 2011, and settled in 2012, involving FCPA-related non-compliance by our then Mexican subsidiary, Promeca S.A. de C.V.  In January 2017, we consented to a cease-and-desist order with the SEC to settle the Brazil-related violations, pursuant to which we agreed to pay approximately $6.1 million in disgorgement and penalties, and agreed to retain an independent compliance consultant for one year to review and test our FCPA compliance program. Our engagement of the independent compliance consultant concluded on March 16, 2018.

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also imposes accounting standards and requirements on U.S. publicly traded entities and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws.

In connection with our self-reported FCPA violations, we instituted extensive remediation measures, including terminating employees as well as relationships with third-party representatives and distributors, conducting a global review of our anti-corruption and anti-bribery program, implementing regular audits of our third-party distributors and sales agents, developing and implementing new global accounting policies to provide further structure and guidance to foreign subsidiaries, establishing an internal audit function, improving the quality of personnel in our Compliance department, and implementing enhanced anti-corruption compliance training for employees and certain third parties.  However, notwithstanding these efforts to make FCPA-


related compliance a priority, our compliance policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, distributors, or agents.

Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations in the United States or abroad could adversely affect us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business activities, disgorgement and other remedial measures, disruptions of our operations, and significant management distraction. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities. Any reduction in international sales, or our failure to further develop our international markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to federal and state healthcare fraud, abuse, and anti-self-referral laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are determined not to have fully complied with such laws.

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations by federal and state governments impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

the federal Stark law, which prohibits physician self-referral, specifically a referral by a physician of a Medicare or Medicaid patient to an entity providing designated health services if the physician or an immediate family member has a financial relationship with that entity;

federal false claims laws, which prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal government payors that are false or fraudulent; and

state and non-U.S. laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by non-governmental or non-U.S. governmental third-party payors, including commercial insurers.

Due to the breadth of some of these laws, there can be no assurance that we will not be found to be in violation of any such laws, and as a result we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, or the exclusion from participation in federal, non-U.S. or state healthcare programs. Any penalties could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

Reimbursement policies of third parties, cost containment measures, and healthcare reform could adversely affect the demand for our products and limit our ability to sell our products.

Our products are sold either directly by us or by independent sales representatives to customers or to our independent distributors and purchased by hospitals, healthcare providers, and patients. These products may be reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, and Tricare, or private insurance plans and healthcare networks. Major third-party payors for medical services in the U.S. and internationally continue to work to contain health care costs and are increasingly challenging the policies and the prices charged for medical products and services. Any medical policy developments that eliminate, reduce, or materially modify coverage of our reimbursement rates for our products could have an impact on our ability to sell our products. In addition, third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device or product provided to a patient or used in a procedure does not meet applicable payment criteria or if the policyholder’s healthcare insurance benefits are limited. These policies and criteria may be revised from time-to-time.

Limits put on reimbursement could make it more difficult to buy our products and substantially reduce, or possibly eliminate, patient access to our products. In addition, should governmental authorities continue to enact legislation or adopt regulations that affect third-party coverage and reimbursement, access to our products and coverage by private or public insurers may be reduced with a consequential material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

CMS, in its ongoing implementation of the Medicare program, periodically reviews medical study literature to determine how the literature addresses certain procedures and therapies in the Medicare population. The impact that this information could have on


Medicare coverage policy for our products is currently unknown, but we cannot provide assurances that the resulting actions will not restrict Medicare coverage for our products.  There can be no assurance that we or our distributors will not experience significant reimbursement problems in the future related to these or other proceedings. Globally, our products are sold in many countries, such as the U.K., Germany, France, and Italy, which have publicly funded healthcare systems. The ability of hospitals supported by such systems to purchase our products is dependent, in part, upon public budgetary constraints. Any increase in such constraints may have a material adverse effect on our sales and collection of accounts receivable from such sales.

As required by law, CMS has continued efforts to implement a competitive bidding program for selected durable medical equipment, prosthetic, orthotic supplies (“DMEPOS”) items paid for by the Medicare program. In this program, Medicare rates are based on bid amounts for certain products in designated geographic areas, rather than the Medicare fee schedule amount. Bone growth stimulation products are currently exempt from this competitive bidding process. We cannot predict which products from any of our businesses may ultimately be affected or whether or when the competitive bidding process may be extended to our businesses. There can be no assurance that the implementation of the competitive bidding program will not have an adverse impact on the sales of some of our products.

We and certain of our suppliers may be subject to extensive government regulation that increases our costs and could limit our ability to market or sell our products.

The medical devices we manufacture and market are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state, and foreign governmental authorities. These authorities regulate the development, approval, classification, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing, and sale of medical devices. Likewise, our use and disclosure of certain categories of health information may be subject to federal and state laws, implemented and enforced by governmental authorities that protect health information privacy and security. For a description of these regulations, see Item 1, “Business,” under the subheading “Government Regulation.”

The approval or clearance by governmental authorities, including the FDA in the U.S., is generally required before any medical devices may be marketed in the U.S. or other countries. We cannot predict whether, in the future, the U.S. or foreign governments may impose regulations that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. The process of obtaining FDA clearance and approvals to develop and market a medical device can be costly, time-consuming, and subject to the risk that such clearances or approvals will not be granted on a timely basis, if at all. The regulatory process may delay or prohibit the marketing of new products and impose substantial additional costs if the FDA lengthens review times for new devices. The FDA has the ability to change the regulatory classification of a cleared or approved device from a higher to a lower regulatory classification, or to reclassify an HCT/P, either of which could materially adversely impact our ability to market or sell our devices. For example, the FDA included Class III bone growth stimulator products in its 2015 strategic priority work plan, as part of a list of 21 product categories it would review for possible down classification.  Shortly after the issuance of the work plan, we and other manufacturers of bone growth stimulator products submitted a public comment letter opposing the possible down classification. The FDA did not respond to the comment letter and has not taken any action with respect to the bone growth stimulator product category since publication of the 2015 work plan. If a down classification were to occur and new entrants to the market were able to create technologies with comparable efficacy to our devices, our Bone Growth Therapies products could face additional competition, which could negatively affect our future sales.

In addition, we may be subject to compliance actions, penalties, or injunctions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or off-label uses, or if the FDA challenges one or more of our determinations that a product modification did not require new approval or clearance by the FDA. Device manufacturers are permitted to promote products solely for the uses and indications set forth in the approved product labeling. A number of enforcement actions have been taken against manufacturers that promote products for “off-label” uses, including actions alleging that federal health care program reimbursement of products promoted for “off-label” uses are false and fraudulent claims to the government. The failure to comply with “off-label” promotion restrictions can result in significant administrative obligations and costs, and potential penalties from, and/or agreements with, the federal government.

We and certain of our suppliers also are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with FDA’s QSR and other regulations. If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with applicable regulations, the agency could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as: fines and civil penalties against us, our officers, our employees, or our suppliers; unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions; delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve, our products; withdrawal or suspension of approval of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies; product recall or seizure; interruption of production; operating restrictions; injunctions; and criminal prosecution. The FDA also has


the authority to request repair, replacement, or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us. Any of the foregoing actions could have a material adverse effect on our development of new laboratory tests, business strategy, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Moreover, governmental authorities outside the U.S. have become increasingly stringent in their regulation of medical devices, and our products may become subject to more rigorous regulation by non-U.S. governmental authorities in the future. U.S. or non-U.S. government regulations may be imposed in the future that may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. The European Commission (“EC”) has harmonized national regulations for the control of medical devices through European Medical Device Directives with which manufacturers must comply. Under these new regulations, manufacturing plants must have received a full Quality Assurance Certification from a “Notified Body” in order to be able to sell products within the member states of the European Union. This Certification allows manufacturers to stamp the products of certified plants with a “CE” mark. Products covered by the EC regulations that do not bear the CE mark cannot be sold or distributed within the European Union. We have received certification for all currently existing manufacturing facilities.

The impact of the Affordable Care Act and other United States healthcare reform legislation on us remains uncertain.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (or collectively the “ACA”), made a number of substantial changes in the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. The ACA is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage, improve quality, and reduce costs over time. Among other things, the ACA:

establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical effectiveness research in an effort to coordinate and develop such research; and

implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians, and other providers to improve the coordination, quality, and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models.

Certain legislative changes to and regulatory changes under the ACA occurred in the 115th United States Congress. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted on December 22, 2017, eliminated the shared responsibility payment for individuals who fail to maintain minimum essential coverage under section 5000A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, commonly referred to as the individual mandate, beginning in 2019, as well as the tax on generous employer-sponsored employee-sponsored healthcare plans.

In addition, U.S. government agencies continue efforts to modify provisions of the ACA. For example, CMS began permitting states to impose work requirements on persons covered by Medicaid expansion plans; certain federal subsidies to insurers have ended; and certain short-term insurance plans not offering the full array of ACA benefits have been allowed to extend in duration. Some of these changes are being challenged in U.S. courts and so their long-term impact remains uncertain. This changing federal landscape has both positive and negative impacts on the U.S. healthcare industry with much remaining uncertain as to how various provisions of federal law, and potential modification or repeal of these laws, will ultimately affect the industry. Any future changes to the ACA or other such legislation, depending on their nature, could have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain or increase sales of any of our products and achieve profitability.

We are subject to differing customs and import/export rules in several jurisdictions in which we operate.

We import and export our products to and from a number of different countries around the world. These product movements involve subsidiaries and third parties operating in jurisdictions with different customs and import/export rules and regulations. Customs authorities in such jurisdictions may challenge our treatment of customs and import/export rules relating to product shipments under aspects of their respective customs laws and treaties. If we are unsuccessful in defending our treatment of customs and import/export classifications, we may be subject to additional customs duties, fines, or penalties that could adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, changes in U.S. or foreign policies regarding international trade could also negatively impact our business. The enactment of or increases in tariffs, or other such charges, on specific products that we sell or with which our products compete, may have an adverse effect on our business or on our results of operations.


Risks Related to our Business and Industry

Our business may be adversely affected if consolidation in the healthcare industry leads to demand for price concessions or if a group purchasing organization or similar entity excludes us from being a supplier.

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms have been launched by legislators, regulators, and third-party payors to curb these costs. As a result, there has been a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create larger companies, including medical device companies and hospitals, each with greater market power. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and may continue to become more intense. This has resulted and may continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important markets as group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”), independent delivery networks, and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions and as larger manufacturers use their broad offerings to secure exclusive arrangements. If a GPO were to exclude us from their supplier list, our net sales could be adversely impacted. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies, and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, which may exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive. New developments by others could make our products or technologies non-competitive or obsolete.

The medical devices industry is highly competitive. We compete with a large number of companies, many of which have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution, and technical resources than we do. Many of our competitors may be able to develop products and processes competitive with, or superior to, our own. Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully develop or introduce new products that are less costly or offer better performance than those of our competitors, or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered by our competitors. For more information regarding our competitors, see Item 1, “Business,” under the subheading “Competition.”

In addition, the orthopedic medical device industry in which we compete is undergoing, and is characterized by, rapid and significant technological change. We expect competition to intensify as technological advances are made. New technologies and products developed by other companies are regularly introduced into the market, which may render our products or technologies non-competitive or obsolete.

Our ability to market products successfully depends, in part, upon the acceptance of the products not only by consumers, but also by independent third parties.

Our ability to market our products successfully depends, in part, on the acceptance of the products by independent third parties (including hospitals, physicians, other healthcare providers, and third-party payors) as well as patients. Unanticipated side effects or unfavorable publicity concerning any of our products could have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain hospital approvals or achieve acceptance by prescribing physicians, managed care providers and other retailers, customers, and patients.

Our allograft and mesenchymal stem cell allografts could expose us to certain risks that could disrupt our business.

Our Biologics business markets allograft tissues that are derived from human cadaveric donors, and our ability to market the tissues depends on our supplier continuing to have access to donated human cadaveric tissue, as well as the maintenance of high standards by the supplier in its processing methodology. The supply of such donors is inherently unpredictable and can fluctuate over time. The allograft tissues are regulated under the FDA’s HCT/P regulatory paradigm and not as a medical device, biologic, or drug. There can be no assurance that the FDA will not at some future date re-classify the allograft tissues, and the reclassification of this product from a human tissue to a medical device could have adverse consequences for us or for the supplier of this product and make it more difficult or expensive for us to conduct this business by requiring premarket clearance or approval as well as compliance with additional post-market regulatory requirements.

We may not be able to successfully introduce new products to the market, and market opportunities that we expect to develop for our products may not be as large as we expect.

We plan to continue to make improvements in our products, to develop new products, and to introduce our products into new markets. Despite our planning, the process of developing and introducing new products (including product enhancements) is inherently complex and uncertain, and involves risks, including the ability of such new products to satisfy customer needs, gain broad market acceptance (including by physicians), and obtain regulatory approvals. These events can depend on the product


achieving broad clinical acceptance, the level of third-party reimbursement, and the introduction of competing technologies, among other things. In addition, these risks make it inherently difficult to forecast and predict the future net sales of our products. If the market opportunities that we expect to develop for our products, including new products, are not as large as we expect, it could adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

Growing our business requires that we properly educate and train physicians regarding the distinctive characteristics, benefits, safety, clinical efficacy, and cost-effectiveness of our products.

Acceptance of our products depends in part on our ability to (i) educate the medical community as to the distinctive characteristics, benefits, safety, clinical efficacy, and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to alternative products, procedures, and therapies, and (ii) train physicians in the proper use and implementation of our products. This is particularly true in instances of newly launched products or in the introduction of a product into a new market, such as our launch of the M6-C artificial cervical disc within the U.S. We support our sales force and distributors through specialized training workshops in which surgeons and sales specialists participate. We also produce marketing materials, including materials outlining surgical procedures, for our sales force and distributors in a variety of languages using printed, video, and multimedia formats. To provide additional advanced training for surgeons, consistent with the AdvaMed Code and the MedTech Code, we organize regular multilingual teaching seminars in multiple locations. However, we may not be successful in our efforts to educate the medical community and properly train physicians. If physicians are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity, or lawsuits against us. In addition, a failure to educate the medical community regarding our products may impair our ability to achieve market acceptance of our products.

We may be adversely affected by any disruption in our information technology systems, which could adversely affect our cash flows, operating results, and financial condition.

Our operations are dependent upon our information technology systems, which encompass all of our major business functions. We rely upon such information technology systems to manage and replenish inventory, to fill and ship customer orders on a timely basis, to coordinate our sales activities across all of our products and services, and to coordinate our administrative activities. A substantial disruption in our information technology systems for any prolonged time period (arising from, for example, system capacity limits from unexpected increases in our volume of business, outages, or delays in our service) could result in delays in receiving inventory and supplies or filling customer orders and adversely affect our customer service and relationships. Our systems might be damaged or interrupted by natural or man-made events, or by computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions affecting the global Internet. There can be no assurance that such delays, problems, or costs will not have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, operating results, and financial condition.

As our operations grow in both size and scope, we will continuously need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure. An expansion of our systems and infrastructure may require us to commit substantial financial, operational, and technical resources before the volume of our business increases, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. Any such upgrades to our systems and information technology, or new technology, now and in the future, require that our management and resources be diverted from our core business to assist in compliance with those requirements. There can be no assurance that the time and resources our management will need to devote to these upgrades, service outages, or delays due to the installation of any new or upgraded technology (and customer issues therewith), or the impact on the reliability of our data from any new or upgraded technology will not have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

A significant portion of our operations run on a single Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) platform. To manage our international operations efficiently and effectively, we rely heavily on our ERP system, internal electronic information and communications systems, and on systems or support services from third parties. Any of these systems are subject to electrical or telecommunications outages, computer hacking, or other general system failure. It is also possible that future acquisitions will operate on different ERP systems and that we could face difficulties in integrating operational and accounting functions of new acquisitions. Difficulties in upgrading or expanding our ERP system or system-wide or local failures that affect our information processing could adversely affect our cash flows, operating results, and financial condition.


We may be adversely affected by a failure or compromise from a cyberattack or data breach, which could have an adverse effect on our business

We rely on information technology systems to perform our business operations, including processing, transmitting and storing electronic information, and interacting with customers, suppliers, healthcare payors, and other third parties. Like other medical device companies, the size and complexity of our information technology systems makes them vulnerable to a cyber-attack, malicious intrusion, breakdown, destruction, loss of data privacy, or other significant disruption. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect, and enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving systems and regulatory standards, the increasing need to protect financial or personal information related to patients and customers, and changing customer patterns.

For example, third parties may attempt to hack into our products to obtain data relating to patients or disrupt performance of our products or to access our proprietary information. Any failure by us to maintain or protect our information technology systems and data integrity, including from cyber-attacks, intrusions or other breaches, could result in the unauthorized access to patient data and personally identifiable information, theft of intellectual property or other misappropriation of assets, or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. In the U.S., Federal and State privacy and security laws require certain of our operations to protect the confidentiality of personal information including patient medical records and other health information. In Europe, the Data Protection Directive requires us to manage individually identifiable information in the EU and, the new General Data Protection Regulation may impose fines of up to four percent of our global revenue in the event of violations. Internationally, some countries have also passed laws that require individually identifiable data on their citizens to be maintained on local servers and that may restrict transfer or processing of that data. We believe that we meet the expectations of applicable regulations and that the ongoing costs of compliance with such rules are not material to our business but could become material due to new regulations. There is no guarantee that we will be able to comply with these regulations, or otherwise avoid the negative reputational and other affects that might ensue from a significant data breach or failure to comply with applicable data privacy regulations, each of which could have significant adverse effects on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

In recent years, companies around the world are seeing a surge in wire transfer “phishing” attacks that attempt to trick employees into wiring money from company bank accounts to criminals’ bank accounts. In some cases, companies have lost millions of dollars to such relatively simple attacks, and these funds often are not recovered. While we take efforts to train employees to be cognizant of these types of attacks and take appropriate precautions, the level of technological sophistication being used by attackers has increased in recent years, and a successful attack against us could lead to the loss of significant funds.

We are dependent on third-party manufacturers for many of our products.

We contract with third-party manufacturers to produce many of our products, like many other companies in the medical device industry. If we or any such manufacturer fail to meet production and delivery schedules, it can have an adverse impact on our ability to sell such products. Further, whether we directly manufacture a product or utilize a third-party manufacturer, shortages and spoilage of materials, labor stoppages, product recalls, manufacturing defects and other similar events can delay production and inhibit our ability to bring a new product to market in timely fashion. For example, the supply of the Trinity ELITE and Trinity Evolution allografts are derived from human cadaveric donors, and our ability to market the tissues depends on MTF continuing to have access to donated human cadaveric tissue, as well as, the maintenance of high standards by MTF in its processing methodology.

Termination of our existing relationships with our independent sales representatives or distributors could have an adverse effect on our business.

We sell our products in many countries through independent distributors. Generally, our independent sales representatives and our distributors have the exclusive right to sell our products in their respective territories. The terms of these agreements vary in length, generally from one to ten years. Under the terms of our distribution agreements, each party has the right to terminate in the event of a material breach by the other party and we generally have the right to terminate if the distributor does not meet agreed sales targets or fails to make payments on time. Any termination of our existing relationships with independent sales representatives or distributors could have an adverse effect on our business unless and until commercially acceptable alternative distribution arrangements are put in place. In addition, we operate in areas of the world that have been or may be disproportionately affected by recessions or disasters and we bear risk that existing or future accounts receivable may be uncollected if these distributors or hospitals experience disruptions to their business that cause them to discontinue paying ongoing accounts payable or become insolvent.


We depend on our senior management team.

Our success depends upon the skill, experience, and performance of members of our senior management team, who have been critical to the management of our operations and the implementation of our business strategy. We do not have key man insurance on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key executive officers could have a material adverse effect on our operations and development. Further, any turnover in our senior management team could adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

In order to compete, we must attract, retain and motivate key employees, and our failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

In order to compete, we must attract, retain and motivate executives and other key employees, including those in managerial, technical, sales, marketing, research, development, finance, information and technology, and other support positions. Hiring and retaining qualified executives, engineers, technical staff and sales representatives are critical to our business, and competition for experienced employees in the medical device industry can be intense. To attract, retain, and motivate qualified executives and key employees, we utilize stock-based incentive awards, such as employee stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units. Certain awards vest based upon the passage of time while others vest upon the achievement of certain performance-based or market-based conditions. If the value of such stock awards does not appreciate as measured by the performance of the price of our common stock and ceases to be viewed as a valuable benefit, our ability to attract, retain, and motivate our employees could be adversely impacted, which could negatively affect our results of operations and/or require us to increase the amount we expend on cash and other forms of compensation.

Our business is subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with international sales and operations.

Because we sell our products in many different countries, our business is subject to risks associated with conducting business internationally. We anticipate that net sales from international operations will continue to represent a substantial portion of our total net sales. In addition, a number of our manufacturing facilities and suppliers are located outside the U.S. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements or other restrictive actions by foreign governments;

tariff increases and import or export restrictions

consequences from changes in tax or customs laws;

difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;

differing labor regulations;

differing protection of intellectual property;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; and

violation by our independent agents of the FCPA or other anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

We depend on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, but we may not be able to maintain the confidentiality, or assure the protection, of these assets.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to protect our current and future technologies and products and to defend our intellectual property rights. If we fail to protect our intellectual property adequately, competitors may manufacture and market products similar to, or that compete directly with, ours. Numerous patents covering our technologies have been issued to us, and we have filed, and expect to continue to file, patent applications seeking to protect newly developed technologies and products in various countries, including the U.S. Some patent applications in the U.S. are maintained in secrecy until the patent is issued. Because the publication of discoveries tends to follow their actual discovery by several months, we may not be the first to invent, or file patent applications on any of our discoveries. Patents may not be issued with respect to any of our patent applications and existing or future patents issued to, or licensed by, us and may not provide adequate protection or competitive advantages for our products. Patents that are issued may be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented by our competitors. Furthermore, our patent


rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using, or commercializing products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products.

We also rely on trade secrets, unpatented proprietary expertise, and continuing technological innovation that we protect, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with assignors, licensees, suppliers, employees, and consultants. These agreements may be breached and there may not be adequate remedies in the event of a breach. Disputes may arise concerning the ownership of intellectual property or the applicability or enforceability of confidentiality agreements. Moreover, our trade secrets and proprietary technology may otherwise become known or be independently developed by our competitors. If patents are not issued with respect to our products arising from research, we may not be able to maintain the confidentiality of information relating to these products. In addition, if a patent relating to any of our products lapses or is invalidated, we may experience greater competition arising from new market entrants.

Third parties may claim that we infringe on their proprietary rights and may prevent us from manufacturing and selling certain of our products.

There has been substantial litigation in the medical device industry with respect to the manufacture, use, and sale of new products. These lawsuits relate to the validity and infringement of patents or proprietary rights of third parties. We may be required to defend against allegations relating to the infringement of patent or proprietary rights of third parties. Any such litigation could, among other things:

require us to incur substantial expense, even if we are successful in the litigation;

require us to divert significant time and effort of our technical and management personnel;

result in the loss of our rights to develop or make certain products; and

require us to pay substantial monetary damages or royalties in order to license proprietary rights from third parties or to satisfy judgments or to settle actual or threatened litigation.

Although patent and intellectual property disputes within the orthopedic medical devices industry have often been settled through assignments, licensing, or similar arrangements, costs associated with these arrangements may be substantial and could include the long-term payment of royalties. Furthermore, the required assignments or licenses may not be made available to us on acceptable terms. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or a failure to obtain necessary assignments or licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling some products or increase our costs to market these products.

Risks Related to Litigation and Product Liability Matters

We may be subject to product and other liability claims that may not be covered by insurance and could require us to pay substantial sums. Moreover, fluctuations in insurance expense could adversely affect our profitability.

We are subject to an inherent risk of, and adverse publicity associated with, product liability and other liability claims, whether or not such claims are valid. We maintain product liability insurance coverage in amounts and scope that we believe are reasonable and adequate. There can be no assurance, however, that product liability or other claims will not exceed our insurance coverage limits or that such insurance will continue to be available on reasonable, commercially acceptable terms, or at all. A successful product liability claim that exceeds our insurance coverage limits could require us to pay substantial sums and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

In addition to product liability insurance coverage, we hold a number of other insurance policies, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, property insurance, and workers’ compensation insurance. If the costs of maintaining adequate insurance coverage should increase significantly in the future, our operating results could be materially adversely impacted.

Risks Related to Potential Acquisitions and Divestitures

Our efforts to identify, pursue, and implement new business opportunities (including acquisitions) may be unsuccessful and may have an adverse effect on our business.

Our growth depends, in large part, on our ability to identify, pursue, and implement new business opportunities that expand our product offerings, capabilities, and geographic presence, and we compete with other medical device companies for these opportunities.  Our efforts to identify such opportunities focus primarily on potential acquisitions of new businesses, products or


technologies, licensing arrangements, commercialization arrangements, and other transactions with third parties.  We may not be able to identify business opportunities that meet our strategic criteria or are acceptable to us or our shareholders.  Even if we are able to identify acceptable business opportunities, we may not be able to pursue or implement such business opportunities (or, in the case of acquisitions or other transactions, complete such acquisitions or other transactions) in a timely manner or on a cost-effective basis (or at all), and we may not realize the expected benefits of such business opportunities.  If we are not able to identify, pursue, and implement new business opportunities, it will adversely affect our ability to grow our business.    

In addition, pursuing and implementing new business opportunities (particularly acquisitions) may involve significant costs and entail risks, uncertainties and disruptions to our business, especially where we have limited experience as a company developing or marketing a particular product or technology or operating in a particular geographic region.  We may be unable to integrate a new business, product, or technology effectively, or we may incur significant charges related to an acquisition or other business opportunity (for example, amortization of acquired assets or asset impairment charges), which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Newly acquired technology or products may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including clinical testing and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities; such additional development efforts may involve significant expense and ultimately be unsuccessful.  Any cross-border acquisitions or transactions may involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks, and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.  To the extent we issue additional equity in connection with acquisitions, this may dilute our existing shareholders.

We may incur significant costs or retain liabilities associated with disposition activity.

We may from time to time sell, license, assign or otherwise dispose of or divest assets, the stock of subsidiaries or individual products, product lines or technologies, which we determine are no longer desirable for us to own, some of which may be material. Any such activity could result in us incurring costs and expenses from these efforts, some of which could be significant, as well as retaining liabilities related to the assets or properties disposed of even though, for instance, the income-generating assets have been disposed of. These costs and expenses may be incurred at any time and may have a material impact on our results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Financial Results and Need for Financing

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past. Our future quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly, and we may experience losses depending on a number of factors, including the extent to which our products continue to gain or maintain market acceptance, the rate and size of expenditures incurred as we expand our domestic and establish our international sales and distribution networks, the timing and level of reimbursement for our products by third-party payors, the extent to which we are subject to government regulation or enforcement, the valuation of certain assets and liabilities, and other factors, many of which are outside our control.

We face risks related to foreign currency exchange rates.

Because some of our revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in foreign currencies, we are subject to foreign exchange risks that could adversely affect our operations and reported results. To the extent that we incur expenses or earn revenue in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, any change in the values of those foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar could cause our profits to decrease or our products to be less competitive against those of our competitors. To the extent that our current assets denominated in foreign currency are greater or less than our current liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, we have potential foreign exchange exposure. The fluctuations of foreign exchange rates during 2019 have had an unfavorable impact of $4.7 million on net sales outside of the U.S. Although we seek to manage our foreign currency exposure by matching non-dollar revenues and expenses, exchange rate fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. To minimize such exposures, we may enter into currency hedges from time to time.

Our global operations may expose us to tax risks

We are subject to taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment and interpretation of tax laws are required to estimate our tax liabilities. Tax laws and rates in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change as a result of political and economic conditions. Our effective income tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in those tax laws; changes in


the mix of earnings among tax jurisdictions; changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; and the resolution of matters arising from tax audits.

Certain of our subsidiaries sell products directly to other Orthofix subsidiaries or provide marketing and support services to other Orthofix subsidiaries. These intercompany sales and support services involve subsidiaries operating in jurisdictions with differing tax rates, and we must determine the appropriate allocation of income to each jurisdiction based on current interpretations of complex income tax regulations. Tax authorities in these jurisdictions may challenge our treatment of such intercompany transactions. If we are unsuccessful in defending our treatment of intercompany transactions, we may be subject to additional tax liability, interest, or penalty, which could adversely affect our profitability.

We maintain a $300 million secured revolving credit facility secured by a pledge of substantially all of our property.

On October 25, 2019, we and certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Borrowers”) entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”).  The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a $300 million secured revolving credit facility maturing on October 25, 2024, and amends and restates the previous $125 million secured revolving credit facility.  No amounts have been drawn on the credit facility as of the date hereof, but the Company may draw on this facility in the future.

Certain of our subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”) are required to guarantee the repayment of any obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement.  The obligations with respect to the Amended Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of substantially all of the personal property assets of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors, including accounts receivables, deposit accounts, intellectual property, investment property, inventory, equipment and equity interests in their respective subsidiaries.

The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions, merge or consolidate with others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions, pay subordinated indebtedness, and enter into affiliate transactions. In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement contains financial covenants requiring us to maintain, on a consolidated basis as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, a total net leverage ratio of not more than 3.5 to 1.0 (which ratio can be permitted to increase to 4.0 to 1.0 for no more than 4 fiscal quarters following a material acquisition) and an interest coverage ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0.  The Amended Credit Agreement also includes events of default customary for facilities of this type and upon the occurrence of such events of default, subject to customary cure rights, all outstanding loans under the Facility may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ commitments terminated.

We believe that we are in compliance with the covenants, and there were no events of default, at December 31, 2019 (and in prior periods). However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to meet such financial covenants in future fiscal quarters.  The failure to do so could result in an event of default under such agreement, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position in the event that we have significant amounts drawn under the facility at such time.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.


Item 2.

Properties

Our principal facilities as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:

Facility

Location

Approx.

Square

Feet

Ownership

   administrative facility for Corporate and all reporting segments

Lewisville, TX

140,000

Leased

Manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, research and development, and

   administrative facility for motion preservation

��

Sunnyvale, CA

25,000

Leased

Research and development, component manufacturing, quality control and

   training facility for fixation products and sales management, distribution

   and administrative facility for Italy

Verona, Italy

38,000

Owned

International distribution center for Orthofix products

Verona, Italy

18,000

Leased

Mechanical workshop for Orthofix products

Verona, Italy

9,000

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for United Kingdom

Maidenhead, England

5,580

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for Brazil

São Paulo, Brazil

22,000

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for France

Arcueil, France

8,500

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for Germany

Ottobrunn, Germany

18,300

Leased

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, refer to Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.


PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Our Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OFIX.” As of February 20, 2020, we had 318 holders of record of our common stock. The closing price of our common stock on February 20, 2020 was $45.36. The following table shows the high and low sales prices for our common stock for each of the two most recent fiscal years.

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

61.00

 

 

$

51.01

 

Second Quarter

 

 

61.86

 

 

 

51.38

 

Third Quarter

 

 

61.98

 

 

 

50.41

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

63.57

 

 

 

48.00

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

74.44

 

 

$

47.79

 

Second Quarter

 

 

57.85

 

 

 

48.02

 

Third Quarter

 

 

55.17

 

 

 

48.77

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

54.02

 

 

 

39.75

 

Dividends

We have not paid dividends to holders of our common stock in the past and have no present intention to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, we have restrictions on the ability to pay dividends in certain cirucmstances pursuant to our Amended Credit Agreement. We currently intend to retain all of our consolidated earnings to finance the continued growth of our business.

In the event that we decide to pay a dividend to holders of our common stock in the Company’s TSR percentile rankfuture with dividends received from our subsidiaries, we may, based on prevailing rates of taxation, be required to pay additional withholding and income tax on such amounts.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered securities during the fourth quarter of 2019.

Performance Graph

The following performance graph is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. This information will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference.


The graph below compares the five-year total shareholder return on Orthofix common stock with the returns of two indexes: the Nasdaq Stock Market and Nasdaq stocks for surgical, medical, and dental instruments and supplies. The graph assumes that you invested $100 in Orthofix Common Stock and in each of the indexes on December 31, 2014. Points on the graph represent the performance period falls between anyas of the amounts set forth above (to the extent greater than the threshold and lower than the maximum), the vesting percentage will be determined by linear interpolation between such amounts.

The PSU award agreement provides that the vesting percentage may not exceed 100% if the Company’s absolute TSR during the performance period is negative. In addition, the vesting percentage is capped such that the PSU award will never trigger the issuancelast business day of shares with a vesting date fair market value of more than five times the fair market valueeach of the target award on the date of grant. Following the end of the three-year performance period, the shares that vest are subject to a one-year holding period requirement. Generally, if an executive voluntarily ceases employment prior to the end of the three-year performance period, the entire award is forfeited.years indicated.

2015 Performance Grants

For 2015, the Committee made grants to executive officers under a form of performance-based vesting restricted stock and performance share unit agreement covering a three-year performance period. The performance criteria for these awards used two equally-weighted metrics, Adjusted EBITDA and return on invested capital (“ROIC”). Under these grants, recipients received performance-based vesting restricted stock in an amount equal to 100% of the target performance criteria and performance stock units that provide for additional shares to be issued if performance criteria is achieved between 100% and 150% of targets for the 2018 fiscal year.  The aggregate award potential is illustrated in the table below:

MetricItem 6.

Weighting

Threshold

(50% vesting)

Target

(100% vesting)

Maximum Achievement

(150% vesting)

Adjusted EBITDA

50%

$74.6M for 2018 FY

$78.5M for 2016, 2017 or 2018 FY

$86.4M for 2018 FY

ROIC

50%

11.6% for 2018 FY

12.2% for 2016, 2017 or 2018 FY

13.4% for 2018 FYSelected Financial Data

Results between points willThe following selected financial data has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except margin and per share data)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Consolidated operating results

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

459,955

 

 

$

453,042

 

 

$

433,823

 

 

$

409,788

 

 

$

396,489

 

Gross profit

 

 

359,348

 

 

 

356,414

 

 

 

340,786

 

 

 

321,935

 

 

 

309,964

 

Gross margin

 

 

78

%

 

 

79

%

 

 

79

%

 

 

79

%

 

 

78

%

Operating income (loss) (1)

 

 

(18,784

)

 

 

30,094

 

 

 

40,811

 

 

 

21,067

 

 

 

9,225

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

(28,462

)

 

 

13,811

 

 

 

7,291

 

 

 

3,497

 

 

 

(2,342

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,068

)

 

 

(441

)

 

 

(467

)

Net income (loss) (2)

 

$

(28,462

)

 

$

13,811

 

 

$

6,223

 

 

$

3,056

 

 

$

(2,809

)

Net income (loss) per common share – basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(1.51

)

 

$

0.73

 

 

$

0.40

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

(0.12

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.06

)

 

 

(0.02

)

 

 

(0.03

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1.51

)

 

$

0.73

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

$

0.17

 

 

$

(0.15

)

Net income (loss) per common share – diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(1.51

)

 

$

0.72

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

(0.12

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.02

)

 

 

(0.03

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1.51

)

 

$

0.72

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

$

0.17

 

 

$

(0.15

)


(1)

Includes the following:

Legal, accounting, and other professional fees incurred in 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016, and 2015 of $0.2 million, $1.1 million, $3.4 million, $2.0 million, and $9.1 million, respectively, in connection with the accounting review and restatements (incurred through March 2015) and legal fees associated with the SEC Investigation, a related securities class action complaint and Brazil subsidiary compliance review. In addition, the Company received an insurance settlement related to these matters of approximately $6.1 million in 2017

Charges related to U.S. Government resolutions in 2016 of $14.4 million

(2)

Dividends have not been paid in any of the years presented

 

 

As of December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Consolidated financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

495,620

 

 

$

466,641

 

 

$

405,354

 

 

$

372,103

 

 

$

400,222

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

327,631

 

 

 

335,397

 

 

 

296,608

 

 

 

263,477

 

 

 

290,311

 



Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and result of operations should be linearly interpolated.

In March 2017, the Committee determined that the vesting criteria for the Adjusted EBITDA 100% vesting performance target had been achieved basedread in conjunction with “Forward-Looking Statements” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. The discussion and analysis below is focused on the Company’sour 2019 and 2018 financial results, including comparisons of our year-over-year performance between these years. Discussion and analysis of our 2017 fiscal year specifically, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2018 financial performance to 2017, is located in Part II, Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. The performance-based vesting restricted stock related to2018, filed with the ROIC metricSEC on February 25, 2019, which is available on our website at www.orthofix.com and the performance stock units remain unvested, while both metrics remain eligible for maximum vesting basedSEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Executive Summary

We are a global medical device company focused on 2018 performance.

Equity Award Approval Process

The Committee currently reviewsmusculoskeletal products and approves dollar values for executive officer equity incentive grants at its March meeting, with the grant effective date being the first business day of April,therapies. Headquartered in Lewisville, Texas, we have two reporting segments: Global Spine and the number of shares/units underlying each award (and the exercise price for stock options) based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on such effective date.  In prior years, the Committee reviewedGlobal Extremities. Our products are distributed by our sales representatives and approved annual grantsdistributors in June, with grant dates occurring on or around July 1.

Generally, the Committee’s approval of annual equity incentive grants occurs at a time when the Company’s insider trading window for executives is open. However, in the event that grants are approved when such window is closed, the Committee does not seek to affect the value of grants by timing them in relation to the release or non-release of material public information.

Stock Purchase Plan

Our SPP, as amended, provides for the issuance of shares of our common stock to eligible employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries that elect to participate in the plan and acquire shares of our common stock through payroll deductions (including executive officers). During each purchase period, eligible individuals may designate between 1% and 25% (or any other percentage as


determined by the Compensation Committee) of their cash compensation to be deducted from that compensation for the purchase of common stock under the plan. Under the plan, the purchase price for shares is equal to the lower of: (i) 85% of the fair market value per share on the first day of the plan year, or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the plan year. The plan year begins on January 1 and ends on December 31. Elections must be made prior to the beginning of each plan year, except in the case of newly appointed directors, who may elect to contribute within 30 days after becoming a director. As amended, up to a total of 1,850,000 shares may be issued under the SPP. As of April 24, 2018, 221,955 shares remain available to be issued under the SPP.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

Our executive officers are entitled to or may otherwise be the beneficiaries of certain limited perquisites including reimbursement for tax preparation expenses, estate planning expenses and an annual physical exam up to a maximum aggregate amount of $5,000 per executive officer per year. In addition, our executive officers and directors are entitled to reimbursement of expenses relating to their spouse’s travel in connection with no more than one Board meeting per year. We do not consider any of these significant or out of70 countries.

Notable highlights and accomplishments in 2019 include the ordinary course for similarly situated companies.  Under our Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, the payment of any perquisite will generally require the approval of the Compensation Committee.

Other Plans

Executive officers participate in our health and welfare benefits (including our 401(k) plan) on the same basis as other similarly situated employees. 

Compensation Recoupment (Clawback) Policy

In December 2012, we adopted a compensation recoupment, or “clawback” policy, which applies to all of our executive officers. Under this policy, if we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance by Orthofix, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, each executive officer is required to reimburse Orthofix for (i) any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation received by such executive officer during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurs) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement, and (ii) any profits realized from the sale of our securities of during that 12-month period.

Accounting and Tax Effects

The impact of accounting treatment is considered in developing and implementing our compensation programs, including the accounting treatment as it applies to amounts awarded or paid to our executive officers.

The impact of federal tax laws on our compensation programs is also considered, including the deductibility of compensation paid to the named executive officers, as limited by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation program historically has been designed with the intention that compensation paid in various forms may be eligible to qualify for deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code, but there have been and may be other exceptions for administrative or other reasons. However, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 recently eliminated the exception under Section 162(m) for performance-based compensation and expanded the number of employees who may be covered by these deductibility limitations, which may have an effect on how we design future compensation programs and may affect the financial statement impact of executive compensation payments.

Report of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with the members of management of the Company and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Amendment.

following:

The Compensation Committee

Net sales were $460.0 million, an increase of  1.5% on a reported basis and 2.5% on a constant currency basis

 

Michael E. Paolucci, Committee Chair

Alexis V. Lukianov

Maria SainzIncrease in Biologics net sales of 9.7% compared to the prior year, as we believe we now have the #1 market-share position within the U.S. Cellular Allogaft segment per SmartTRAK following the product category’s strong performance in 2019


Net loss was $28.5 million, a decrease $42.3 million from the prior year, primarily driven by increases in acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement and sales and marketing expenses

Obtained approval in February 2019 from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for our M6-C artificial cervical disc acquired from Spinal Kinetics, Inc. (“Spinal Kinetics”) and achieved $4.1 million in net sales in the U.S. following approval

Changed our reporting segments to Global Spine and Global Extremities to optimize our structure and better serve our surgeon customers

Successful transition of Chief Executive Officer and Global Spine President positions

Summary Compensation Table

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the compensation earned by or paid topresents certain items in our named executive officers for eachconsolidated statements of the last three fiscal years during which the officer wasoperations as a named executive officer.percent of net sales:

Name and Principal Position

(a)

Year

(b)

Salary

($)(1)

(c)

 

Bonus

($)

(d)

 

Stock

Awards

($)(2)

(e)

 

Option

Awards

($)(2)

(f)

 

Non-Equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation

($)(3)

(g)

 

All Other

Compensation

($)

(h)

Total

($)

(i)

 

Bradley R. Mason – President and  Chief Executive Officer

2017

 

710,800

 

 

 

 

2,354,789

 

 

705,975

 

 

920,486

 

 

13,708

 

(4)

 

4,705,758

 

  

2016

 

705,576

 

 

 

 

2,583,953

 

 

762,136

 

 

763,000

 

 

19,180

 

(5)

 

4,833,845

 

 

2015

 

689,192

 

 

 

 

1,659,312

 

 

473,680

 

 

710,656

 

 

26,825

 

(6)

 

3,559,665

 

Douglas C. Rice – Chief Financial Officer

2017

 

390,000

 

 

 

 

588,684

 

 

176,501

 

 

303,030

 

 

11,859

 

(7)

 

1,470,074

 

 

2016

 

350,519

 

 

 

 

560,551

 

 

165,335

 

 

225,630

 

 

17,178

 

(8)

 

1,319,213

 

 

2015

 

337,500

 

 

 

 

795,153

 

 

226,407

 

 

172,368

 

 

22,520

 

(9)

 

1,553,948

 

Kimberley A. Elting – Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

2017

 

382,000

 

 

 

 

546,657

 

 

163,882

 

 

296,814

 

 

10,861

 

(10)

 

1,399,935

 

Michael M. Finegan – Chief  Strategy Officer

2017

 

412,000

 

 

 

 

504,630

 

 

151,279

 

 

320,124

 

 

11,902

 

(11)

 

1,400,324

 

 

2016

 

401,972

 

 

 

 

516,100

 

 

152,224

 

 

259,311

 

 

19,036

 

(12)

 

1,348,643

 

 

2015

 

403,412

 

 

 

 

402,408

 

 

114,872

 

 

206,151

 

 

24,382

 

(13)

 

1,151,225

 

Davide Bianchi – President, Global Extremity Fixation(14)

2017

 

370,780

 

 

 

 

462,549

 

 

138,675

 

 

281,867

 

 

69,314

 

(15)

 

1,323,185

 

        

2016

 

357,487

 

 

 

 

474,093

 

 

139,828

 

 

249,025

 

 

71,056

 

(16)

 

1,291,489

 

 

2015

 

359,506

 

 

 

 

402,408

 

 

114,872

 

 

147,145

 

 

73,581

 

(17)

 

1,097,512

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

(%)

 

 

2018

(%)

 

 

2017

(%)

 

Net sales

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

100.0

 

Cost of sales

 

 

21.9

 

 

 

21.3

 

 

 

21.4

 

Gross profit

 

 

78.1

 

 

 

78.7

 

 

 

78.6

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

48.6

 

 

 

45.4

 

 

 

45.7

 

General and administrative

 

 

18.6

 

 

 

18.4

 

 

 

16.6

 

Research and development

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

6.9

 

Acquisiton-related amortization and remeasurement

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(4.1

)

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

9.4

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

(6.2

)

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

1.7

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.3

)

Net income (loss)

 

 

(6.2

)

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include salary deferred and further described in “—Deferred Compensation.”

(2) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation actually received. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate grant date fair value of equity awards, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)), or ASC 718.

(3) Amounts shown reflect cash bonuses paid in 2018, 2017 and 2016 for performance in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, pursuant to our annual incentive program. Our annual incentive program with respect to the 2017 fiscal year , including the Committee’s criteria for determining the amounts awarded with respect to the 2018 fiscal year, are described above under “Compensation Discussion and AnalysisElements of Executive CompensationCash Performance-Based Incentives - Annual Incentive Program.”

(4) Reflects $10,600 for 401k matching and $2,772 and $336 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(5) Reflects $5,400 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching and $2,772 and $408 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(6) Reflects $10,800 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching and $5,017 and $408 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(7) Reflects $10,600 for 401k matching and $931 and $328 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(8) Reflects $5,400 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching and $826 and $352 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(9) Reflects $10,800 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching and $788 and $332 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(10) Reflects $9,625 for 401k matching and $915 and $321 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(11) Reflects $10,600 for 401k matching and $966 and $336 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(12) Reflects $5,400 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching, $1,663 in disability benefits, and $968 and $405 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(13) Reflects $10,800 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching, $1,663 in disability benefits, and $968 and $351 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(14) Mr. Bianchi is compensated in Swiss Francs. Amounts shown in table reflect compensation amounts as converted to U.S. Dollars using the average exchange rate in effect during the 2017 calendar year of 1.0159.


(15) Reflects $24,381 for car and travel allowance and $44,933 for retirement matching.

(15) Reflects $24,261 for car and travel allowance and $46,795 for retirement matching.

(16) Reflects $27,330 for car and travel allowance and $46,251 for retirement matching.

Grants of Plan-Based AwardsNet Sales by Reporting Segment

The following table provides information regarding plan-based awards that were granted to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.net sales by major product category by reporting segment:

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts

Under Non-Equity Incentive

Plan Awards

 

Estimated Future Payouts

Under Equity Incentive

Plan Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Name

Grant Date

Threshold

($)(1)

 

Target

($)(1)

 

Maximum

($)(1)

 

Threshold

(#)(2)

 

Target

(#)(3)

 

Maximum

(#)(2)

 

All

Other

Stock

Awards

(#)(4)

 

All

Other

Option

Awards

(#)(5)

 

Equity

Exercise

or Base

Price of

Option

Awards

($/Sh)(6)

 

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Stock

and Option

Awards

($)(7)

 

  Bradley R.

 

 

355,400

 

 

710,800

 

 

1,066,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Mason

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,185

 

 

30,369

 

 

60,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,654,807

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

699,982

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,990

 

 

46.10

 

 

705,975

 

  Douglas C.

 

 

117,000

 

 

234,000

 

 

351,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Rice

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,796

 

 

7,592

 

 

15,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

413,688

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,996

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,248

 

 

46.10

 

 

176,501

 

  Kimberley

 

 

114,600

 

 

229,200

 

 

343,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  A. Elting

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,525

 

 

7,050

 

 

14,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384,155

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

162,503

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,301

 

 

46.10

 

 

163,882

 

  Michael M.

 

 

123,600

 

 

247,200

 

 

370,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Finegan

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

6,508

 

 

13,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

354,621

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,009

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,355

 

 

46.10

 

 

151,279

 

  Davide

 

 

111,234

 

 

222,468

 

 

333,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Bianchi

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,983

 

 

5,965

 

 

11,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

325,033

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

137,516

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,409

 

 

46.10

 

 

138,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2018/2017

 

 

2018/2017

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Reported

 

 

Constant Currency

 

 

Reported

 

 

Constant Currency

 

Bone Growth Therapies

 

$

197,181

 

 

$

195,252

 

 

$

185,900

 

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

5.0

%

Spinal Implants

 

 

94,544

 

 

 

91,658

 

 

 

81,957

 

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

11.9

%

Biologics

 

 

65,496

 

 

 

59,684

 

 

 

62,724

 

 

 

9.7

%

 

 

9.7

%

 

 

-4.8

%

 

 

-4.8

%

Global Spine

 

 

357,221

 

 

 

346,594

 

 

 

330,581

 

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

4.9

%

Global Extremities

 

 

102,734

 

 

 

106,448

 

 

 

103,242

 

 

 

-3.5

%

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

0.9

%

Net sales

 

$

459,955

 

 

$

453,042

 

 

$

433,823

 

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

4.4

%

 

 

3.9

%

 

(1) Amounts shown represent the threshold, target and maximum amounts that could have been earned for fiscal year 2017 by each Named Executive Officer under our annual performance-based incentive compensation program. The actual amounts earned by each Named Executive Officer are included in the fiscal year 2017 “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above and discussed under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Executive Compensation—Cash Performance-Based Incentives - Annual Incentive Program” above.Global Spine

(2) Amounts shown represent the minimum and maximum threshold amounts in shares earned based on performance if the minimum or maximum performance goals are achieved over the three-year performance period beginning on July 3, 2017.  No shares will be issued for performance below the minimum target level.  

(3) Amounts shown represent the target amount in shares earned if the target performance goal is achieved with respect to the three-year performance period beginning on July 3, 2017.

(4) Amounts shown include awards of time-based restricted stock granted in 2017 under the 2012 LTIP. Such shares will vest ratably over four years (subject to certain acceleration provisions, as discussed under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below).

(5) Amounts shown include awards of stock options granted in 2017 under the 2012 LTIP. Such options will vest ratably over four years (subject to certain acceleration provisions, as discussed under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below).

(6) The exercise price of the stock options is equal to the closing price of the common stock on the grant date.

(7) Amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of equity awards, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)), or ASC 718.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information about the number of outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2017.

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

  Name

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Exercisable(1)

 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Unexercisable(2)

Option

Exercise

Price

($)

 

Option

Expiration

Date

 

Number

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested (#)

Market

Value

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested ($)

 

Number

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested (#)

Market

Value

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested ($)

 

  Bradley R.

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

 

38.82

 

3/13/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Mason

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

 

38.82

 

3/13/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,950

 

 

10,650

 

(3)

 

36.25

 

6/30/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,050

 

 

25,050

 

(4)

 

33.12

 

6/30/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,882

 

 

47,643

 

(5)

 

44.39

 

7/01/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,990

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,950

 

(7)

 

216,065

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,350

 

(8)

 

456,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,280

 

(9)

 

726,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,184

 

(10)

 

830,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,700

 

(11)

 

913,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,700

 

(11)

 

913,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,300

 

(12)

 

1,985,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,369

 

(13)

 

1,661,184

 

Douglas C.   Rice

 

7,500

 

 

2,500

 

(14)

 

32.28

 

9/04/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,876

 

 

4,874

 

(15)

 

36.46

 

4/24/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,638

 

 

6,637

 

(4)

 

33.12

 

6/30/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,446

 

 

10,335

 

(5)

 

44.39

 

7/01/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,248

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

625

 

(16)

 

34,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

(17)

 

82,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,874

 

(18)

 

266,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,212

 

(8)

 

120,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,880

 

(9)

 

157,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,796

 

(10)

 

207,641

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,425

 

(11)

 

242,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,425

 

(11)

 

242,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,875

 

(12)

 

430,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,592

 

(13)

 

415,282

 

  Kimberley

 

5,500

 

 

16,500

 

(19)

 

42.89

 

9/26/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  A. Elting

 

 

 

12,301

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,200

 

(20)

 

229,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,525

 

(10)

 

192,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,050

 

(13)

 

385,635

 

  Michael M.

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

28.95

 

6/30/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Finegan

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

25.01

 

7/25/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

 

 

 

29.23

 

2/15/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

 

 

41.37

 

2/15/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,000

 

 

 

 

 

39.66

 

6/25/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,750

 

 

 

 

 

21.78

 

9/26/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,325

 

 

2,775

 

(3)

 

36.25

 

6/30/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,076

 

 

6,074

 

(4)

 

33.12

 

6/30/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,172

 

 

9,516

 

(5)

 

44.39

 

7/01/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,355

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

925

 

(7)

 

50,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,024

 

(8)

 

110,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,652

 

(9)

 

145,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

(10)

 

177,994

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

  Name

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Exercisable(1)

 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Unexercisable(2)

Option

Exercise

Price

($)

 

Option

Expiration

Date

 

Number

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested (#)

Market

Value

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested ($)

 

Number

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested (#)

Market

Value

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,050

 

(11)

 

221,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,050

 

(11)

 

221,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,250

 

(12)

 

396,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,508

 

(13)

 

355,988

 

  Davide

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

28.49

 

7/22/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Bianchi

 

6,250

 

 

 

 

 

21.78

 

9/26/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,325

 

 

2,775

 

(3)

 

36.25

 

6/30/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,076

 

 

6,074

 

(4)

 

33.12

 

6/30/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

8,741

 

(5)

 

44.39

 

7/01/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,409

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

925

 

(7)

 

50,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,024

 

(8)

 

110,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,436

 

(9)

 

133,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,983

 

(10)

 

163,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,050

 

(11)

 

221,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,050

 

(11)

 

221,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,660

 

(12)

 

364,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,965

 

(13)

 

326,286

 

(1) All options listed in this column were exercisable as of December 31, 2017.

(2) All options listed in this column were not exercisable as of December 31, 2017.

(3) All of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on June 30, 2018.

(4) One-half of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of June 30, 2018 and 2019.

(5) One-third of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of July 1, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

(6) One-fourth of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of July 3, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.

(7) All of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on June 30, 2018.

(8) One-half of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of June 30, 2018 and 2019.

(9) One-third of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of July 1, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

(10) One-fourth of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of July 3, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.

(11) These remaining unvested shares of performance-based restricted stock and performance-based stock units are subject to vesting upon meeting certain EBITDA or ROIC based performance targets in the year ended December 31, 2018.

(12) These remaining unvested market-based performance stock units are subject to vesting upon meeting certain total shareholder return targets in relation to specified index companies over a three-year performance period beginning on July 1, 2016.

(13)  These remaining unvested market-based performance stock units are subject to vesting upon meeting certain total shareholder return targets in relation to specified index companies over a three-year performance period beginning on July 3, 2017.

(14)  All of these remaining options are subject to vesting on September 4, 2018.

(15) One-half of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of April 24, 2018 and 2019.

(16) All of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on September 4, 2018.

(17) All of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on October 3, 2018.

(18) One-half of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of April 24, 2018 and 2019.

(19) One-third of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of September 26, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

(20) One-third of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of September 26, 2018, 2019 and 2020.


For a summary of our standard option agreements, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Incentives” beginning on page 21.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table provides information about the number of shares issued upon option exercises, and the value realized on exercise, by our named executive officers during fiscal 2017.

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards or Units

 

  Name

  (a)

Number

of Shares

Acquired on

Exercise (#)

(b)

 

Value

Realized

on Exercise

($)(1)

(c)

 

Number

of Shares

Acquired

on Vesting

(#)

(d)

 

Value

Realized on

Vesting

($)(2)

(e)

 

  Bradley R. Mason

 

6,667

 

 

9,000

 

 

60,752

 

 

2,320,063

 

  Douglas C. Rice

 

 

 

 

 

11,055

 

 

454,615

 

  Kimberley A. Elting

 

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

66,668

 

  Michael M. Finegan

 

22,300

 

 

30,105

 

 

18,960

 

 

766,951

 

  Davide Bianchi

 

 

 

 

 

16,513

 

 

649,432

 

(1) Value realized on exercise calculated based on the difference between the closing price of our common stock on the date of exercise and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares exercised.

(2) Value determined by multiplying the number of vested shares by the closing price of our common stock on the vesting date.

Deferred Compensation

The following table provides information about the amount of compensation deferred by our named executive officers at December 31, 2017. For any named executive officer not listed onGlobal Spine offers the following table, no information was applicable.

products categories:

 Name

  (a)

Executive

Contributions

in 2017 ($)(1)

(b)-

Bone Growth Therapies, which manufactures, distributes, sells, and provides support services for market leading devices that enhance bone fusion. Bone Growth Therapies uses distributors and sales representatives to sell its devices and provide associated services to hospitals, healthcare providers, and patients.

 

Executive-

Distributions

Spinal Implants, which designs, develops and markets a broad portfolio of motion preservation and fixation implant products used in 2017 ($)

(b)surgical procedures of the spine. Spinal Implants distributes its products globally through a network of distributors and sales representatives to sell spine products to hospitals and healthcare providers.

 

Aggregate-

Earnings

Biologics, which provides a portfolio of regenerative products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. Biologics markets its tissues to hospitals and healthcare providers, primarily in 2017 ($)

(d)the U.S., through a network of employed and independent sales representatives.

2019 Compared to 2018

Net sales increased $10.6 million or 3.1%

 

Aggregate

Balance at

December 31,

2017 ($)(2)

(f)

Bone Growth Therapies net sales increased $1.9 million or 1.0%, primarily driven by a 2.8% increase in order volume during the year, partially offset by customer sales mix and product mix changes

  Michael M. Finegan

 

Spinal Implants net sales increased $2.9 million or 3.1%, primarily driven by an increase of $7.6 million in motion preservation net sales, which includes a full 12 months of sales in 2019 as compared to only eight months in the prior year due to the acquisition of Spinal Kinetics in 2018 and our launch into the U.S. market in April 2019 following FDA approval for the M6-C artificial cervical disc; this increase was partially offset by a decrease in legacy Spine Fixation sales of $4.7 million, primarily resulting from disruptions in our U.S. distribution channel as we upgrade our legacy sales force with new, high-potential sales partners

 

49,651Biologics net sales increased $5.8 million or 9.7%, primarily due to distribution added during the last year as volume increased related to Trinity tissues by 12.4%, partially offset by a low single-digit price decline as well as a contractual reduction in the marketing services fee we receive from MTF Biologics, which became effective during the first quarter of 2018

Global Extremities

Global Extremities offers products and solutions that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of orthopedic conditions unrelated to the spine. Global Extremities distributes its products globally through a network of distributors and sales representatives to sell orthopedic products to hospitals and healthcare providers.


2019 Compared to 2018

Net sales decreased $3.7 million, or 3.5%

 

Decrease of $4.1 due to the changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which had a negative impact on net sales

 

Increase of $0.4 largely attributed to variability in the timing of orders from our international stocking distributors and growth in our global direct-sales markets

 

(1) Represents the dollar amount of salary set forth on the Summary Compensation Table, which the executive has deferred in accordance with the Deferred Compensation Plan.Gross Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Change

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2018/2017

 

Net sales

 

$

459,955

 

 

$

453,042

 

 

$

433,823

 

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

4.4

%

Cost of sales

 

 

100,607

 

 

 

96,628

 

 

 

93,037

 

 

 

4.1

%

 

 

3.9

%

Gross profit

 

$

359,348

 

 

$

356,414

 

 

$

340,786

 

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

4.6

%

Gross margin

 

 

78.1

%

 

 

78.7

%

 

 

78.6

%

 

 

-0.6

%

 

 

0.1

%

(2) The amounts in the Aggregate Balance at December 31, 2017 column, other than earnings on deferred compensation2019 Compared to 2018

Gross profit increased $2.9 million, or 0.8%

Primarily due to the growth in net sales, partially offset by gross margin decreasing from 78.7% in 2018 to 78.1% in 2019

Increase of $0.7 million attributable to a decrease in acquisition-related inventory fair market value adjustments for Spinal Kinetics

Sales and amounts described in footnote 1 above, have all been previously disclosed in Summary Compensation Tables in our prior proxy statements (to the extent the officer was a named executive officer in prior filings).Marketing Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Change

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2018/2017

 

Sales and marketing

 

$

223,676

 

 

$

205,527

 

 

$

198,370

 

 

 

8.8

%

 

 

3.6

%

As a percentage of net sales

 

 

48.6

%

 

 

45.4

%

 

 

45.7

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

-0.3

%

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control2019 Compared to 2018

Potential PaymentsSales and marketing expense increased $18.1 million

Increase largely attributable to increases in headcount, training, and education costs, and increased marketing efforts to support growth and the launch of the M6-C artificial cervical disc in the U.S.

Further increases relate to higher variable compensation rates in our Global Spine segment to support growth

General and Administrative Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Change

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2018/2017

 

General and administrative

 

$

85,607

 

 

$

83,251

 

 

$

71,905

 

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

15.8

%

As a percentage of net sales

 

 

18.6

%

 

 

18.4

%

 

 

16.6

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

1.8

%

2019 Compared to Named Executive Officers2018

Termination

Under their change in controlGeneral and severance agreements, each of Messrs. Mason, Rice, Finegan and Bianchi and Ms. Elting is generally entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits upon termination of the executive’s employment (i) for death or disability, (ii) by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) or (iii) by the executive for “good reason” (as defined in the agreement):  administrative expense increased $2.4 million

Any unpaid base salary, accrued vacation or prior years’ bonus payable or owing through the date of termination;

The pro rata amount of any incentive compensation for the year of termination of employment (based on the number of business days the executive is actually employed by the Company and its subsidiaries during the year in which termination of employment occurs) based on the achievement of the Company’s performance goals for such year;

Increase of $9.9 million attributable to succession and transition charges, including acceleration of certain share-based compensation expense, relating to the reitrment, transition, or termination of certain named executive officers and from targeted restructuring activities


 

An amount equivalentPartially offset by a decrease of $3.9 million associated with strategic investments, largely due to 1.5x indiligence and integration costs related to the caseacquisition of Messrs. MasonSpinal Kinetics and Finegan, and 1.0x in the case of Messrs. Rice and Bianchi and Ms. Elting, times the sum of: (i) the executive’s annual base salary, (ii) the executive’s current year’s target bonus; provided that during the 24-month period following anyexpenses associated with our change in control and (iii) $12,500 for use towards outplacement services,jurisdiction of organization from Curaçao to the foregoing multiples increase by 0.5 (to 2.0xState of Delaware (the “Domestication”) in the case of Messrs. Mason and Finegan, and 1.5x in the case of Messrs. Rice and Bianchi and Ms. Elting); and   2018

Further offset by a decrease of $4.1 million in certain compensation expenses, such as share-based compensation expense, excluding the impact of succession and transition charges

Research and Development Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Change

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2018/2017

 

Research and development

 

$

34,637

 

 

$

33,218

 

 

$

29,700

 

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

11.8

%

As a percentage of net sales

 

 

7.5

%

 

 

7.3

%

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

0.4

%

If the executive elects COBRA

2019 Compared to 2018

Research and development expense increased $1.4 million

Increase largely attributable to the Spinal Kinetics acquisition and the regulatory efforts associated with the FDA premarket approval of the M6 artificial cervical disc, which was obtained in February of 2019

Increase of $1.0 million related to costs to comply with recent medical device reporting regulations in the European Union

Acquisition-related Amortization and Remeasurement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Change

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2018/2017

 

Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement

 

$

34,212

 

 

$

4,324

 

 

$

 

 

 

691.2

%

 

 

100.0

%

As a percentage of net sales

 

 

7.5

%

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

6.5

%

 

 

1.0

%

2019 Compared to 2018

Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement increased $29.9 million

Increase of $26.1 million related to the remeasurement of contingent milestone payments associated with the Spinal Kinetics acquisition that become due upon the achievement of certain revenue targets and upon FDA approval of the M6-C artificial certvical disc, which occurred in the first quarter of 2019

The fair value associated with the contingent revenue-based milestones increased significantly in 2019, largely attributable to the initial success observed in the launch of the M6-C artificial cervical disc in the U.S. market, as our long-term forecasts of net sales now indicate a greater likelihood of achieving the contingent revenue-based milestones

Increase of $3.8 million related to the amortization of intangible assets acquired through business combinations or asset acquisitions; of this amount, $2.9 million of the increase is attributable to the Spinal Kinetics acquisition, which includes amortization of acquired in-process research and development costs following the achievement of the FDA milestone

Non-operating Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Change

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2018/2017

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

(122

)

 

$

(828

)

 

$

(416

)

 

 

-85.3

%

 

 

99.0

%

Other expense, net

 

 

(8,143

)

 

 

(6,381

)

 

 

(4,004

)

 

 

27.6

%

 

 

59.4

%

Non-operating income and expense largely consists of interest income and expense, transaction gains and losses from changes in a timely manner, the executive will be reimbursed for the Executive’s monthly premium payments for COBRA coverage for a period of upforeign currency exchange rates, changes in fair value related to 18 or 12 months, dependingour equity holdings in Bone Biologics, Inc. (“Bone Biologics”), and other-than-temporary impairments on the executive.debt security  of eNeura, Inc. (“eNeura”) that was settled on Octber 25, 2019. Foreign exchange gains and losses are primarily a result of several of our foreign subsidiaries holding trade and intercompany payables or receivables in currencies (most notably the U.S. Dollar) other than their functional currency.


See “—Deferred Compensation” beginning on page 292019 Compared to 2018

Other expense, net, increased $1.8 million

Increase of $6.5 million associated with an other-than-temporary impairment of the eNeura debt security, which was settled in 2019

Partially offset by a net decrease of $3.1 million relating to impairment and changes in fair value of our equity holdings and warrants in Bone Biologics during 2018 that did not recur in 2019

Partially offset by an decrease of $1.9 million associated with changes in foreign currency rates, as we recorded a non-cash remeasurement loss of $1.4 million in 2019 compared to a loss of $3.3 million in 2018

Income Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Change

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019/2018

 

 

2018/2017

 

Income tax expense

 

$

1,413

 

 

$

9,074

 

 

$

29,100

 

 

 

-84.4

%

 

 

-68.8

%

Effective tax rate

 

 

-5.2

%

 

 

39.7

%

 

 

80.0

%

 

 

-44.9

%

 

 

-40.3

%

2019 Effective Tax Rate

The decrease in the effective tax rate during the year was primarily a result of the decrease in income before income taxes, full year benefit of our Domestication completed in 2018, and statute expirations and effective settlement of uncertain tax positions, offset by non-deductible executive compensation and non-deductible increase in contingent consideration. The primary factors affecting our tax rate for 2019 are as follows:

Non-deductible increases in the fair value of contingent consideration

Statute expirations and effective settlement of uncertain tax positions

Executive compensation that is not deductible as a result of the Tax Act

State taxes and foreign income taxed at differing rates

2018 Effective Tax Rate

The decrease in the effective tax rate during the year was primarily a discussionresult of payments pursuantthe decrease in income before income taxes, the reduction of the US statutory tax rate from 35% to 21%, and the Deferred Compensation Plan upon termination2017 charge from recording the impact of employment.the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) that did not recur in 2018. The primary factors affecting our tax rate for 2018 are as follows:

Current period losses in jurisdictions where we do not currently receive a tax benefit

State taxes and foreign income taxed at differing rates

Benefits of deductible equity compensation in excess of financial statement impact

Segment Review

Change in control

As described above,In conjunction with our change in controlreporting segments in 2019, we also changed the performance measure used to evaluate segment performance from Non-GAAP net margin, an internal metric that we defined as gross profit less sales and severance agreements provide for a “double-trigger” so that a change in control (as that term is defined inmarketing expense, to EBITDA. When compared to the agreement) alone does not grant the executive officer any specific right to terminate his employment agreement or receive severance benefits, but as noted above, it increases severance amounts payable following a termination during the 24-month period following any change in control. Under the change in control and severance agreement and the Company’s form of time-based equity award agreement, all time-based equity awards granted in or after 2016 contain “double trigger” vesting provisions whereby awards will vest if, within 24 months of a change in control, the executive is terminatedprior year, EBITDA decreased $44.6 million, largely driven by the Company without “cause” or resigns for “good reason.”  For unvested awards madefluctuations discussed above, but primarily attributable to changes in 2015acquisition-related amortization and earlier, the Executive would receive “single-trigger” vesting upon a change in control.

See “—Deferred Compensation” beginning on page 29 for a discussion of payments pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan upon a change in control.

Executive Change in Controlremeasurement and Severance Agreements

Under our current Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, the Compensation Committee provides executive officers with competitive change in control severance benefits that target market practices. All new change in control agreements must be approved by the Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee approves all change in controlsales and severance arrangements for executive officers.

Consistent with the foregoing, in 2016, the Company discontinued its prior practice of entering into employment agreements with US-based executive officers. Instead, the Compensation Committee approved a new form of change in control and severance agreement, which is offered to executive officers. Pursuant to the change in control and severance agreement, executive officers are eligible to receive the following severance payments and benefits upon termination of their employment (i) for death or disability, (ii) by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) or (iii) by the executive for “good reason” (as defined in the agreement):

Any unpaid base salary, accrued vacation or prior years’ bonus payable or owing through the date of termination;

The pro rata amount of any incentive compensation for the year of termination of employment (based on the number of business days the executive is actually employed by the Company and its subsidiaries during the year in which termination of employment occurs) based on the achievement of the Company’s performance goals for such year;

An amount equivalent to 1.5x or 1.0x, depending on the executive, times the sum of: (i) the executive’s annual base salary and (ii) the executive’s current year’s target bonus; provided that during the 24-month period following any change in control, the foregoing multiples increase by 0.5 (to 2.0x or 1.5x, depending on the executive);

$12,500 for use towards outplacement services ($18,750 during the 24-month period following any change in control); and

If the executive elects COBRA in a timely manner, the executive will be reimbursed for the executive’s monthly premium payments for COBRA coverage for a period of up to 18 or 12 months, depending on the executive.

The right to receive cash payments following a change in control remains subject to a “double trigger” provision, such that payments by the Company are only owed if the executive separates from employment in specific circumstances in connection with or following a change in control.

The agreement contains non-competition and non-solicitation covenants effective so long as the executive is an employee and for a period of 12 or 18 months, depending on the executive, after employment is terminated. The agreement also contains provisions that define certain vesting and exercise rights in connection with time-based equity incentive grants (such as by defining the terms “cause,” “good reason” and “qualified retirement” for purposes of all prior and subsequent time-based equity grants). The agreement does not guarantee any minimum levels of cash or equity-based compensation levels during an executive’s employment with the Company.marketing expense.


The term of the agreement continues in effect until the earlier of (i) the parties’ satisfaction of their respective obligations or (ii) the execution of a written agreement between the Companyfollowing table reconciles EBITDA to income (loss) before income taxes:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Global Spine

 

$

39,528

 

 

$

76,545

 

 

$

84,034

 

Global Extremities

 

 

7,496

 

 

 

9,453

 

 

 

7,143

 

Corporate

 

 

(49,252

)

 

 

(43,626

)

 

 

(34,246

)

Total EBITDA

 

 

(2,228

)

 

 

42,372

 

 

 

56,931

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(24,699

)

 

 

(18,659

)

 

 

(20,124

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(828

)

 

 

(416

)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

(27,049

)

 

$

22,885

 

 

$

36,391

 

Liquidity and the executive terminating the agreement. The agreement amendsCapital Resources

Cash, cash equivalents, and supersedes the applicable executive’s prior employment agreement with the Company, which prior employment agreements became terminated, null and void upon execution of the new change in control and severance agreement.restricted cash at December 31, 2019 was $70.4 million compared to $72.2 million at December 31, 2018.  

Section 280G

These agreements reflect that the named executive officer is not entitled to a tax gross-up if the named executive officer incurs an excise tax due to the application of Section 280G of the Code.

Instead, payments and benefits payable to the named executive officer will be reduced to the extent doing so would result in the executive retaining a larger after-tax amount, taking into account the income, excise and other taxes imposed on the payments and benefits.

Certain Other Provisions

The agreements described above contain confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation covenants effective so long as the executive officers are employees of Orthofix or any of its subsidiaries and for a period of one year after employment is terminated. The agreements also contain confidentiality and assignment of inventions provisions that last indefinitely.

Orthofix’s obligation to pay or provide any severance benefits under each agreement (other than any benefits as a result of death) is conditioned upon the executive officer signing a release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates by a specified date following separation from employment.

Estimated Payments

 

 

Year Ended December, 31,

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

Change

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

32,033

 

 

$

49,918

 

 

$

(17,885

)

Net cash from investing activities

 

 

(22,924

)

 

 

(60,998

)

 

 

38,074

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

(10,688

)

 

 

2,993

 

 

 

(13,681

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash

 

 

(207

)

 

 

(881

)

 

 

674

 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

(1,786

)

 

$

(8,968

)

 

$

7,182

 

The following table reflects the estimated payments and benefits that would be provided to each of Messrs. Mason, Rice, Finegan and Bianchi and Ms. Elting upon his or her termination or uponpresents free cash flow, a change in control pursuant to the terms of his or her respective change in control and severance agreement and related equity award agreements. For purposes of this table, we assume that the triggering event took place on December 29, 2017, and the price per sharenon-GAAP financial measure, which is calculated by subtracting capital expenditures from net cash from operating activities.

 

 

Year Ended December, 31,

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

Change

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

32,033

 

 

$

49,918

 

 

$

(17,885

)

Capital expenditures

 

 

(20,524

)

 

 

(15,256

)

 

 

(5,268

)

Free cash flow

 

$

11,509

 

 

$

34,662

 

 

$

(23,153

)

Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities decreased $17.9 million

Decrease in net income of $42.3 million

Net increase of $46.8 million for non-cash gains and losses, primarily related to changes in fair value of contingent consideration, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, and deferred income taxes

Net decrease of $22.4 million relating to changes in working capital, primarily attributable to changes in inventories and trade accounts receivable

Two of our common stock was $54.70, the closing market price as of that date. For any triggering event that presupposesprimary working capital accounts are trade accounts receivable and inventory. Day’s sales in receivables were 66 days at December 31, 2019 compared to 59 days at December 31, 2018, largely due to a changedelay in control, we assume a change in control has so occurred.

  Name

Triggering Event

Lump Sum

Severance

Payment ($)

Value of

Stock-

Based

Rights ($)

Value of

Welfare

Benefits

($)

Fees and

Expenses of

Out-placement

Firm ($)

Total ($)

Bradley R. Mason

Termination for death or disability

 

2,132,400

 

 

 

7,560,570

 

 

 

24,233

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

9,735,953

 

 

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

2,132,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,233

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

2,175,383

 

 

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

2,843,200

 

 

 

10,780,800

 

 

 

24,233

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

13,673,233

 

 

Douglas C. Rice

Termination for death or disability

 

623,999

 

 

 

2,223,729

 

 

 

14,544

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

2,874,772

 

 

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

623,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,544

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

651,044

 

 

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

935,999

 

 

 

3,056,125

 

 

 

14,544

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

4,025,418

 

 

Kimberley A. Elting

Termination for death or disability

 

611,200

 

 

 

1,108,846

 

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

1,734,162

 

 

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

611,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

625,316

 

 


  Name

Triggering Event

Lump Sum

Severance

Payment ($)

Value of

Stock-

Based

Rights ($)

Value of

Welfare

Benefits

($)

Fees and

Expenses of

Out-placement

Firm ($)

Total ($)

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

916,800

 

 

 

1,432,282

 

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

2,369,448

 

 

Michael M. Finegan

Termination for death or disability

 

988,801

 

 

 

1,614,970

 

 

 

18,803

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

2,641,324

 

 

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

988,801

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,803

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

1,026,353

 

 

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

1,318,401

 

 

 

2,356,610

 

 

 

18,803

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

3,718,814

 

 

Davide Bianchi

Termination for death or disability

 

593,248

 

*

 

1,510,230

 

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

2,119,609

 

*

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

593,248

 

*

 

 

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

609,379

 

*

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

889,872

 

*

 

2,226,958

 

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

3,139,211

 

*

Assumes Swiss Francs are converted to U.S. Dollars using the average exchange rate in effect during the 2017 calendar year of 1.0159.

Pay Ratio Disclosure

Presented below is the ratio of annual total compensation of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Bradley R. Mason, to the annual total compensation of our median employee (excluding Mr. Mason). The ratio presented below is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.

We selected the median employee based on full-time, part-time, temporary and seasonal workers employed by the Company or any of its consolidated subsidiariespayment from certain third party payors. Inventory turns were 1.2 times as of December 31, 2017. In identifying our median employee, we calculated the annual total compensation of each employee as of2019 compared to 1.3 times at December 31, 2017. Annual total compensation for these purposes included overtime pay, any applicable bonus, commissions or other cash compensation, equity compensation, benefits, and any other compensation. We did not apply any cost-of-living adjustments as part of the calculation.

The 2017 annual total compensation as determined under Item 402 of Regulation S-K for our CEO was $4,705,758. The 2017 annual total compensation as determined under Item 402 of Regulation S-K for our median employee was $63,664. The ratio of our CEO’s annual total compensation to our median employee’s total compensation for fiscal year 2017 was 74 to 1.

Director Compensation

Directors are elected each year at the Annual General Meeting, which is usually held in June. Other director appointments occur from time to time as determined by the Board, for instance, in the event of vacancies on the Board2018, primarily resulting from a director’s death, resignation or retirement.increases in inventory and instruments in 2019 to support certain product launches.

Employee directors, such as Mr. Mason, are not provided any additional compensation for their service as a director. Investing Activities

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program and Guiding Principles

We compensate our non-employee directors in accordance with the Company’s Director Compensation Guiding Principles.  Our compensation program for our non-employee directors is designed to appropriately compensate outside directors for their diverse expertise and time commitment required to serve as a director of a complex and highly regulated global company.  The Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing our non-employee director compensation program.  The Compensation Committee’s goal for such oversight is to maintain a program that:Cash flows from investing activities increased $38.1 million

Increase of $44.3 million associated with cash paid in relation to the Spinal Kinetics acquisition in 2018, net of cash acquired

attracts and retains directors with the skills needed to guide the Company in achieving its goals;

Increase of $4.0 million related to the settlement of the eNeura debt security in 2019


 

is competitiveIncrease of $0.9 million associated with the compensation program provided to directors at other similarly situated medical device companies;acquisition of certain intangible assets in transactions with former distributors and from our additional investment of $0.5 million in Bone Biologics in 2018

Partially offset by $6.4 million associated with cash paid in relation to the acquisition of certain assets of Options Medical LLC, one of our former distributors, in 2019

Further offset by an increase in capital expenditures of $5.3 million compared to the prior year, largely relating to the buildup of instruments to support new product launches, such as our launch of the M6-C artificial cervical disc in the U.S.

directly alignsFinancing Activities

Cash flows from financing activities decreased $13.7 million

Decrease of $13.7 million associated with our payment of the FDA Milestone associated with the Spinal Kinetics acquisition in 2019, which represents the acquisition-date fair value attributable to the FDA Milestone liability originally recognized

Decrease of $1.4 million associated with debt issuance costs, largely attributable to costs incurred in 2019 associated with our Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”)

Decrease of $0.4 million attributable to principal payments made in 2019 relating to our finance lease and $0.9 million attributable to other financing cash flows, which primarily relate to deferred payments made in association with the acquisition of certain intangible assets in transactions with former distributors

Partially offset by an increase in net proceeds of $2.7 million from the issuance of common shares

Credit Facilities

On October 25, 2019, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”), which provides for a five year $300 million secured revolving credit facility. The Amended Credit Agreement has a maturity date of October 25, 2024, and amends and restates the interestsprevious $125 million secured revolving credit facility.

Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for, among other things, working capital and other general corporate purposes (including share repurchases, permitted acquisitions and permitted payments of dividends and other distributions). As of December 31, 2019, we have not made any borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement. For additional information regarding the credit facility, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

We had no borrowings and an unused available line of credit of €5.5 million ($6.2 million and $6.3 million) at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, on our Italian line of credit. This unsecured line of credit provides us the option to borrow amounts in Italy at rates which are determined at the time of borrowing.

Other

For information regarding Contingencies, see Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Spinal Kinetics Acquisition and Contingent Consideration

As part of the consideration for the Spinal Kinetics acquisition, we agreed to milestone payments in the future of up to $60.0 million in cash. One milestone payment was for $15.0 million upon FDA approval of Spinal Kinetics’ M6-C artificial cervical disc (the “FDA Milestone”).  During the first quarter of 2019, we obtained FDA approval of the M6-C artificial cervical disc for patients suffering from cervical disease degeneration and the FDA Milestone payment was triggered.  We paid the $15.0 million FDA Milestone payment on February 14, 2019 from cash on hand.

The remaining two milestones are comprised of revenue-based milestone payments of up to $45.0 million in connection with future sales of the M6-C artificial cervical disc and the M6-L artificial lumbar disc. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement as of December 31, 2019 was $42.7 million; however, the actual amount ultimately paid could be higher or lower than the fair value of the contingent consideration. At December 31, 2019, we classified $14.7 million of the liability attributable to the revenue-based milestones within other current liabilities, as we expect to pay one of the revenue-based milestones in the next twelve months, and the remaining $28.0 million within other long-term liabilities. For additional discussion of this matter, see Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.


FITBONE Asset Acquisition

On February 3, 2020, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Wittenstein SE (“Wittenstein”), a privately-held German-based company, to acquire assets associated with the FITBONE intramedullary lengthening system for limb lengthening of the femur and tibia bones. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, as consideration for the acquired assets, we will pay $18 million in cash consideration and will enter into manufacturing supply contract with Wittenstein.

The acquisition is anticipated to close by the end of the first quarter of 2020, subject to customary closing conditions.

Debt Security

Until October of 2019, we held a debt security of eNeura, a privately held medical technology company that is developing devices for the treatment of migraines. The debt security was originally set to mature on March 4, 2019. On March 1, 2019, we entered into an Amended and Restated Senior Secured Promissory Note with eNeura (the “Restructured Debt Security”) to restructure the debt security, which extended the maturity date to the earlier of (i) March 4, 2022, (ii) the effective date of a change in control, or (iii) the effective date of an initial public offering by eNeura. As consideration for the extension, eNeura issued to us a Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (the “Warrant”), exercisable at $0.01 per share over a ten year contractual term.

During the third quarter of 2019, we engaged in negotiations with eNeura to settle the Restructured Debt Security and on October 25, 2019, we settled the Restructured Debt Security for a $4.0 million cash payment and agreed to transfer the Warrant to eNeura. As such, prior to its settlement, we determined the Restructured Debt Security and Warrant were impaired and adjusted the carrying value of the Restructured Debt Security to $4.0 million, its settlement value, by recording a net other-than-temporary impairment of $6.5 million in other expense, net, which includes a reclassification of the related unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of $5.2 million.

Brazil

In 2018, the Federal Prosecution Service in Rio de Janeiro and representatives from the Brazilian antitrust authority inspected the offices of more than 30 companies, including the Company’s office in São Paulo, as part of an investigation into tender irregularities in the medical device industry. Before doing so, the authorities obtained a court order affecting the Company’s (and other companies’) local bank accounts resulting in the freezing of the Company’s directors withcash. On April 3, 2019, our appeal regarding the interestsfreezing of its shareholders

Unless determined otherwiseour local bank accounts was heard by the BoardBrazil Federal Court of Directors,Appeals of Rio de Janeiro, in which the Court ordered the unfreezing of our non-employee director compensation program each year will consistcash. Approximately $2.5 million was then returned without any restrictions in April 2019. As such, this balance has been reclassified from restricted cash to cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019.

In September 2019, in relation to an annualongoing legal dispute with a former Brazilian distributor, approximately $0.7 million of our cash retainer and equity awards, as well as customary and usual expense reimbursement in attending company meetings or attending director training. The targeted competitive position forBrazil was frozen upon request to satisfy a judgment. Although we are appealing the total annual compensation package (consistingjudgment, this cash has been reclassified to restricted cash.

For additional discussion regarding these matters, see Note 12 of annual cash retainer plus annual long-term incentive award) will be targetedthe Notes to the 50th to 75th percentile rangeConsolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of the Company’s peer group.  Each year, the Compensation Committee will review the competitiveness of non-employee director compensation relativethis Annual Report.

Unremitted Foreign Earnings

Prior to the same peer group usedDomestication, as an entity incorporated in Curaçao, “foreign earnings” referred to review executive officer compensation levels.

Cash Retainers

Each non-employee director receives the same base cash retainer amount, but additional cash retainer amounts are paid to the Chairman of the Boardboth U.S. and the chairperson of each Board committee. Non-employee directors (other than the Chairman) are paid an aggregate annual cash retainer of $60,000 for service as a director and member of any committees of the Board on which such director sits. In addition, a non-employee director receives an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 if he or she also serves as the Chair of the Compensation, Compliance or Nominating and Governance Committee, and $15,000 if he or she serves as the Chair of the Audit and Finance Committee. The Chairman is paid an aggregate annual retainer of $150,000 for service in this role.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

We provide non-employee directors long-term incentive compensation under our 2012 LTIP to closely align directors with shareholder interests. We pay non-employee directors long-term incentive compensation in two forms:

a fixed number of stock options awarded to each new director (vesting over four years); and

an annual fixed value long-term incentive delivered in time-vesting restricted stock (with one-year vesting), the value of which is the same for each Director, except the Chairman of the Board will receive a larger value award commensurate with the role and contribution he or she makes within the Company.

Under our current practice, we provide each director a grant of 30,000 four-year vesting stock options at the time such director joins the Board. In addition, the Chairman received 8,000 shares of one-year vesting restricted stock at the time he joined the Board in March 2014.

In recent years, the annual long-term incentive grant has been made in shares of one-year vesting restricted stock. Since 2017, this grant has been made in the form of one-year vesting restricted stock units with deferred delivery (deferred stock units or DSUs), whereby shares underlying vested awards are not delivered until after the applicable director ceases service as a director. (Asnon-U.S. earnings.  As a result of the foregoing, directors will notDomestication, only income sourced outside of the U.S. is considered unremitted foreign earnings. Unremitted foreign earnings decreased from $50.4 million at December 31, 2018 to $49.2 million at December 31, 2019, due to currency translation. As a result of the 2017 Tax Act, current year earnings have been deemed to be ablerepatriated.  Our investment in foreign subsidiaries continues to sell vested awards while they continue service asbe indefinite in nature, however, we may periodically repatriate a director.)

In 2016, the Committee recommendedportion of these earnings to the Boardextent that these annual grants be made on a fixed value basis rather than the previous approach of a fixed share basis. For 2017, the annual grant consisted of an amount of DSUs equal in value to $165,000 ($300,000 shares in the case of the Chairman), consistent with 2016 grants, which amounts were approved after the Committee’s review of the assessment of our compensation consultant and review of our previous director compensation philosophy described below. 

Directors are eligible to participate in our health and welfare programs on substantially the same terms as full-time employees. In addition, directors are each offered the opportunity to enter into a director indemnification agreement.we do not incur significant additional tax liability.


The following table provides information regarding the 2017 compensation of non-employee directors.

  Name(1)

Fees

Earned or

Paid in

Cash ($)

 

Restricted

Stock

Awards

(Number

of Shares

Granted)(1)

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Restricted

Stock

Awards

($)(2)

Option

Awards(1)

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Option

Awards

($)

All Other

Compensation

($)

 

Total ($)

 

  Ronald A. Matricaria

 

150,000

 

 

6,508

 

(3)

 

300,019

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

450,019

 

  Luke Faulstick

 

70,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

234,992

 

  James F. Hinrichs

 

75,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

239,992

 

  Guy J. Jordan, PhD

 

31,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,731

 

  Alexis V. Lukianov

 

60,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224,992

 

  Lilly Marks

 

60,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224,992

 

Anthony F. Martin,    PhD

 

27,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,198

 

  Michael E. Paolucci

 

65,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

229,992

 

  Maria Sainz

 

70,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

234,992

 

(1) The following table shows the number of shares subject to outstanding and unexercised option awards and the number of shares subject to outstanding shares of restricted stock or deferred stock units granted to each of the non-employee directors serving during 2017.

(2) Amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of equity awards, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)), or ASC 718.

(3) Represents annual grant of 6,508 one-year vesting deferred stock units on July 3, 2017.

(4) Represents annual grant of 3,579 one-year vesting deferred stock units on July 3, 2017.Contractual Obligations

The following table shows the number of shares subject to outstanding and unexercised option awards and the number of shares subject to outstanding shares of unvested restricted stock held by each of the non-employee directors serving during 2017sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017.2019:

 

  Director

Number

of Shares

Subject to

Outstanding

Stock Options

as of 12/31/17

 

Number

of Shares

Subject to

Outstanding Unvested

Restricted

Stock Awards

as of 12/31/17

 

  Ronald A. Matricaria

 

30,000

 

 

6,508

 

  Luke Faulstick

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  James F. Hinrichs

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  Guy J. Jordan, PhD

 

 

 

 

  Alexis V. Lukianov

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  Lilly Marks

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  Anthony F. Martin, PhD

 

 

 

 

  Michael E. Paolucci

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  Maria Sainz

 

 

 

3,579

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

Total

 

 

2020

 

 

2021 - 2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025 and thereafter

 

Operating leases

$

6,234

 

 

$

1,979

 

 

$

3,426

 

 

$

143

 

 

$

686

 

Finance leases

 

32,547

 

 

 

1,013

 

 

 

4,327

 

 

 

1,501

 

 

 

25,706

 

Total (1)(2)

$

38,781

 

 

$

2,992

 

 

$

7,753

 

 

$

1,644

 

 

$

26,392

 

 

Item 12.(1)

Associated with the acquisition of Spinal Kinetics, we may be required to make conditional revenue-based milestone payments of up to $45.0 million in connection with future sales of the M6-C artificial cervical disc and M6-L artificial lumbar disc. We expect to make a $15.0 million payment related to these contingent milestones in 2020 and a $30.0 million payment in 2021; however, the timing of cash settlement, if any, could vary from these estimates. Accordingly, these contingent payments have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. For further information regarding these contingent payments, see Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

(2)

We may be required to make payments related to our uncertain tax positions. However, we are unable to reliably estimate the timing of cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities. Accordingly, unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, of $23.5 million as of December 31, 2019 have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. For further information, see Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. In addition, we do not consider the backlog of firm orders to be material.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion of operating results is based upon the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The preparation of these statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates, which are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that management believe to be reasonable under the circumstances at that point in time.  Actual results may differ, significantly at times, from these estimates.

We believe the estimates described below are the most critical in preparing our consolidated financial statements. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Revenue Recognition

The process for recognizing revenue involves significant assumptions and judgments for certain of our revenue streams. Revenue recognition policies are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including net sales, gross margin, operating income, EBITDA, and net income.

Bone Growth Therapies revenue is largely attributable to the U.S. and is comprised of third-party payor transactions and wholesale revenue.

For revenue derived from third-party payors, including commercial insurance carriers, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and governmental payors, such as Medicare, in connection with the sale of our stimulation products, we recognize revenue when the stimulation product is fitted to and accepted by the patient and all applicable documents that are


required by the third-party payor have been obtained. Amounts paid by these third-party payors are generally based on fixed or allowable reimbursement rates. These revenues are recorded at the expected or preauthorized reimbursement rates, net of any contractual allowances or adjustments. Certain billings are subject to review by the third-party payors and may be subject to adjustment.

Wholesale revenue is related to the sale of our bone growth stimulators directly to physicians and other healthcare providers. Wholesale revenues are recognized upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is when the customer obtains control of the promised goods.

Biologics revenue is largely attributable to the U.S. and is primarily related to a collaborative arrangement with MTF. We have exclusive global marketing rights and receive marketing fees from MTF based on products distributed by MTF. MTF is considered the principal in these arrangements; therefore, we recognize these marketing service fees on a net basis upon shipment of the product to the customer.

Spinal Implants and Global Extremities products are distributed world-wide, with U.S. sales largely comprised of commercial revenue and international sales derived from commercial sales and through stocking distributor arrangements.

Commercial revenue is largely related to the sale of our Spinal Implants and Global Extremities products to hospital customers. Commercial revenues are recognized when these products have been utilized and a confirming purchase order has been received from the hospital.

Stocking distributors purchase our products and then re-sell them directly to customers, such as hospitals. For revenue derived from stocking distributor agreements, prior to the adoption of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”), i.e. for all periods presented prior to January 1, 2018, we recognized revenue once the product was delivered to the end customer (the “sell-through method”). Because we did not have reliable information about when our distributors sold the product through to end customers, we used cash collection from distributors as a basis for revenue recognition under the sell-through method. Additionally, when we sold to these distributors, we considered whether to match the related cost of sales expense with revenue or to recognize expense upon shipment. In making this assessment, we considered the financial viability of our distributors based on their creditworthiness to determine if collectability of amounts sufficient to realize the costs of the products shipped was reasonably assured at the time of shipment to these distributors. In instances where the distributor was determined to be financially viable, we deferred the costs of sales until the revenue was recognized.

Subsequent to the adoption of Topic 606, effective January 1, 2018, for revenue derived from stocking distributor arrangements, we recognize revenue upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is when the distributor obtains control of the promised goods. The transaction price is estimated based upon our historical collection experience with the stocking distributor. To derive this estimate, we analyze twelve months of historical invoices by stocking distributor and the subsequent collections on those invoices, for a period of up to 24 months subsequent to the invoice date. This percentage, which is specific to each stocking distributor, is then used to calculate the transaction price. Cost of sales is also recorded upon transfer of control of the product to the customer, which is when the Company’s performance obligation has been satisfied.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Contractual Allowances

The process for estimating the ultimate collection of accounts receivable involves significant assumptions and judgments. Historical collections, write-offs, and payor reimbursement experience are integral parts of the estimation process related to reserves for doubtful accounts and the establishment of contractual allowances. Accounts receivable are analyzed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of both reserves for doubtful accounts and contractual allowances. Revisions in allowances for doubtful accounts estimates are recorded as an adjustment to bad debt expense within sales and marketing expenses. Revisions to contractual allowances are recorded as an adjustment to net sales. Our estimates are periodically tested against actual collection experience. We believe our allowance for doubtful accounts is sufficient to cover customer credit risks; however, a 10% change in our allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2019 would result in an increase or decrease to sales and marketing expense of $0.4 million. Additionally, we believe our estimate to establish contractual allowances is sufficient to cover customer credit risks; however, a 10% change in our reserve for contractual allowances as of December 31, 2019 would result in an increase or decrease to net sales of $0.6 million. Our allowance for doubtful accounts and estimation of contractual allowances are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including net sales, gross margin, operating income, EBITDA, net income, and trade accounts receivable.


Inventory Allowances

Reserves for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory are calculated as the difference between the cost of inventory and market value, and are based on assumptions and judgments about new product launch periods, overall product life cycles, forecasted demand, and market conditions. In the event of a decrease in demand for our products, excess product production, or a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence, we could be required to increase our inventory reserves, which would increase cost of sales and decrease gross profit. We regularly evaluate our exposure for inventory write-downs.  If conditions or assumptions used in determining the market value or forecasted demand change, additional inventory adjustments in the future may be necessary. Our inventory allowance is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimate could materially affect key financial measures, including gross profit, operating income, EBITDA, net income, and inventory.

Valuation of Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets are comprised primarily of patents, acquired or developed technology, licensing arrangements, trademarks, and in-process research and development (“IPR&D”). We make significant judgments in relation to the valuation of intangible assets resulting from business combinations or asset acquisitions. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination that are used for IPR&D activities are considered to have indefinite lives until the completeion or abandonment of the associated project. Upon reaching the end of the revelant project, we will either amortize the acquired IPR&D over its estimated useful life or expense the acquired IPR&D should the project be unsuccessful with no future alternative use.

Significant judgment is required related to the forecasting of future operating results within our discounted cash flow valuation models to determine the valuation of intangible assets. Key assumptions include the anticipated useful lives of acquired intangibles, the projected cash flows associated with each intangible asset, the estimated probability of success for acquired IPR&D projects, and projected growth rates and discount rates. It is possible that significant changes in plans or assumptions may affect the recoverability of these assets and could potentially result in impairment. Our valuation of intangible assets is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop these estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income, EBITDA, net income, and intangible assets, net.

Goodwill

Our goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired from business combinations. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from business combinations requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.

We test goodwill at least annually for impairment, and between annual tests if indicators of potential impairment exist. These indicators include, among others, declines in sales, earnings or cash flows, or the development of a material adverse change in the business climate. Assessing goodwill impairment involves a high degree of judgment due to the estimates and assumptions used. We believe the estimates and assumptions involved in the impairment assessment to be critical because significant changes in such estimates and assumptions could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income, EBITDA, and net income.

In connection with our change in reporting segments, which occurred during the first quarter of 2019, we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill immediately prior to and subsequently following the change in reporting segments. The analysis did not result in an impairment. In addition, the net carrying value of goodwill that was previously reported under the prior reporting segments of (i) Bone Growth Therapies, (ii) Spinal Implants, and (iii) Biologics was consolidated and is now included within the Global Spine reporting segment.

In the fourth quarters of 2019 and 2018, we performed a qualitative assessments for our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which did not result in any impairment charge. This qualitative analysis considered all relevant factors specific to the reporting units, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance and relevant entity-specific events.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The two most significant items that are or were recorded at fair value include (i) contingent consideration attributable to the Spinal Kinetics acquisition and (ii) our eNeura debt security (prior to its restructuring and settlement in 2019).


The contingent consideration consists of potential future milestone payments of up to $60.0 million in cash associated with the Spinal Kinetics acquisition, which must be achieved within five years of the acquisition date to be paid. The milestone payments include (i) up to $15.0 million for meeting the FDA Milestone and (ii) revenue-based milestone payments of up to $45.0 million in connection with future sales of the M6-C artificial cervical disc and the M6-L artificial lumbar disc. The FDA milestone was achieved and paid in February of 2019.

Prior to its attainment in 2019, we estimated the fair value of the FDA Milestone using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. This fair value was based on significant inputs not observable in the market, with key assumptions including our estimation of the probability of FDA approval for the M6-C artificial cervical disc, the timing of approval, and the discount rate applied. Significant changes in these assumptions could have resulted in a significantly higher or lower fair value prior to obtaining FDA approval.

We estimate the fair value of the potential future revenue-based milestone payments using a Monte Carlo simulation. This fair value measurement is based on significant inputs that are unobservable in the market, with key assumptions including the our forecasted future revenues for Spinal Kinetics, the discount rate applied, and assumptions for potential volatility of the forecasted revenue. Significant changes in these assumptions could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value. Holding other inputs constant, an increase in our forecasted future revenues by 5% would have resulted in an increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration of $0.3 million, whereas a decrease in our forecasted future revenues by 5% would have resulted in a decrease in the fair value of the contingent consideration by $0.4 million.

Prior to its restructuring and settlement in 2019 for $4.0 million, the fair value of the eNeura debt security was based upon significant unobservable inputs, including the use of a discounted cash flows model, requiring us to develop our own assumptions. Some of the more significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the eNeura debt security were our estimates related to the timing and likelihood of conversion as a result of a change in control event, the timing and likelihood of repayment, and the applicable discount rate.

Further, we were required to determine whether any decline in the fair value of the debt security below its basis was other-than-temporary. In making this determination, we considered our intentions to hold or sell the security, whether it more likely than not that we would be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, and our best estimate of the amount that we ultimately expected to collect from the security. The estimated amount we expected to collect was based upon significant unobservable inputs, requiring us to develop our own assumptions.

Our fair value measurements are a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimate could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income, EBITDA, and net income.

Litigation and Contingent Liabilities

From time to time, we are parties to or targets of lawsuits, investigations and proceedings, including product liability, personal injury, patent and intellectual property, health and safety and employment and healthcare regulatory matters, which are handled and defended in the ordinary course of business. These lawsuits, investigations or proceedings could involve a substantial number of claims and could also have an adverse impact on our reputation and customer base. Although we maintain various liability insurance programs for liabilities that could result from such lawsuits, investigations or proceedings, we are self-insured for a significant portion of such liabilities.

We accrue for such claims when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The assessments of whether a loss is probable or a reasonable possibility, and whether the loss or range of loss is reasonably estimable, often involve a series of complex judgments about future events. Among the factors that we consider in this assessment are the nature of existing legal proceedings, investigations and claims, the asserted or possible damages or loss contingency (if reasonably estimable), the progress of the matter, existing law and precedent, the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers, the involvement of the U.S. Government and its agencies in such proceedings, our experience in similar matters and the experience of other companies, the facts available to us at the time of assessment, and how we intend to respond, or have responded, to the proceeding, investigation or claim. Our assessment of these factors may change over time as individual proceedings, investigations or claims progress. For matters where we are not currently able to reasonably estimate the range of reasonably possible loss, the factors that have contributed to this determination include the following: (i) the damages sought are indeterminate, or an investigation has not manifested itself in a filed civil or criminal complaint, (ii) the matters are in the early stages, (iii) the matters involve novel or unsettled legal theories or a large or uncertain number of actual or potential cases or parties, and/or (iv) discussions with the government or other parties in matters that may be expected ultimately to be resolved through negotiation and settlement


have not reached the point where we believe a reasonable estimate of loss, or range of loss, can be made. In such instances, we believe that there is considerable uncertainty regarding the timing or ultimate resolution of such matters, including a possible eventual loss, fine, penalty or business impact, if any.

Changes in the facts and circumstances associated with a claim could have a material impact on our results of operations and cash flows in the period that reserve estimates are recorded or revised. We believe our insurance coverage and reserves are sufficient to cover currently estimated exposures, but we cannot give any assurance that we will not incur liabilities in excess of recorded reserves or our present insurance coverage. Litigation and contingent liabilities are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income, EBITDA, and net income.

Tax Matters

We and each of our subsidiaries are taxed at the rates applicable within each of their respective jurisdictions. Our income tax expense, effective tax rate, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which profits arise. Further, certain of our subsidiaries sell products directly to our other subsidiaries or provide administrative, marketing and support services to our other subsidiaries. These intercompany sales and support services involve subsidiaries operating in jurisdictions with differing tax rates. The tax authorities in such jurisdictions may challenge our treatments under residency criteria, transfer pricing provisions, or other aspects of their respective tax laws, which could affect our composite tax rate and provisions.

We sometimes engage in transactions in which tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. We account for these uncertain tax positions in accordance with applicable accounting guidance, which requires significant judgment in assessing the estimated tax consequences of a transaction. We evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. We measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We re-evaluate our income tax positions periodically to consider factors such as changes in facts or circumstances, changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision, which could have a material impact to the financial statements.

We establish a valuation allowance when measuring deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets will not be realized in the foreseeable future. This process requires significant judgment as we must project the current tax liability and estimate the deferred tax assets and liabilities into future periods, including net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider recent operating results, availability of taxable income in carryback years, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income projections (exclusive of reversing temporary differences) and all prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

Tax matters are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including net income.

Share-based compensation

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of employee stock awards requires estimates and judgments. Our share-based compensation is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop estimates of fair value or the requisite service period could materially affect key financial measures, including gross profit, operating income, EBITDA, and net income.

We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to calculate the fair value of service-based stock options. The value is recognized as expense over the service period net of actual forfeitures. The expected term of options granted is estimated based on a number of factors, including the vesting and expiration terms of the award, historical employee exercise behavior for both options that are currently outstanding and options that have been exercised or are expired, the historical volatility of our common stock and an employee’s average length of service. The risk-free interest rate is determined based upon a constant U.S. Treasury security rate with a contractual life that approximates the expected term of the option award. We estimate expected volatility based on the historical volatility of our stock.


We use the Monte Carlo valuation methodology to calculate the fair value of market-based stock options and stock units. The value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period and adjusted for forfeitures as they occur. The Monte Carlo methodology that we use to estimate the fair value of market-based options incorporates the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied.

The fair value of performance-based restricted stock awards and stock units is calculated based upon the closing stock price at the date of grant. The value is recognized as expense over the derived requisite service period beginning in the period in which they are deemed probable to vest. Vesting probability is assessed based upon forecasted earnings and financial results and requires significant judgment.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that providing non-GAAP financial measures that exclude certain items provides investors with greater transparency to the information used by senior management in its financial and operational decision-making. We believe it is important to provide investors with the same non-GAAP metrics that senior management uses to supplement information regarding the performance and underlying trends of our business operations in order to facilitate comparisons to historical operating results and internally evaluate the effectiveness of our operating strategies. Disclosure of these non-GAAP financial measures also facilitates comparisons of our underlying operating performance with other companies in the industry that also supplement their GAAP results with non-GAAP financial measures.

The non-GAAP financial measures used in this Annual Report may have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a replacement for GAAP financial measures. Some of the limitations associated with the use of these non-GAAP financial measures are that they exclude items that reflect an economic cost that can have a material effect on cash flows. Similarly, certain non-cash expenses, such as equity compensation expense, do not directly impact cash flows, but are part of total compensation costs accounted for under GAAP.

Constant Currency

Constant currency is a non-GAAP measure, which is calculated by using foreign currency rates from the comparable, prior-year period, to present net sales at comparable rates. Constant currency can be presented for numerous GAAP measures, but is most commonly used by management to analyze net sales without the impact of changes in foreign currency rates.

EBITDA

EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest income (expense), net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is the primary metric used by our Chief Operating Decision Maker in managing the business.

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure, which is calculated by subtracting capital expenditures from net cash from operating activities. Free cash flow is an important indicator of how much cash is generated or used by our normal business operations, including capital expenditures. Management uses free cash flow as a measure of progress on its capital efficiency and cash flow initiatives.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposures include changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations. These exposures can impact sales, cost of sales, costs of operations and the cost of financing and yields on cash and short-term investments. We may use derivative financial instruments, where appropriate, to manage these risks. However, our risk management policy does not allow us to hedge positions we do not hold nor do we enter into derivative or other financial investments for trading or speculative purposes.

We are exposed to interest rate risk in connection with our Revolving Credit Facility, which bears interest at floating rates based on LIBOR, or possibly an alternative reference rate to be used in place of LIBOR upon the occurrence of a benchmark transition event, plus an applicable borrowing margin or at a base rate (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) plus an applicable borrowing margin. Therefore, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair market value of the debt, but do impact future earnings and


cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. As we do not have any balance outstanding associated with the Amended Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2019, this risk is currently minimal.

We believe that a concentration of credit risk related to our trade accounts receivable is limited because our customers are geographically dispersed and the end users are diversified across several industries. It is reasonably possible that changes in global economic conditions and/or local operating and economic conditions in the regions these customers operate, or other factors, could affect the future realization of these accounts receivable balances.

Our foreign currency exposure results from fluctuating currency exchange rates, primarily the U.S. Dollar against the Euro, Brazilian Real, or British Pound. We are subject to cost of sales currency exposure when we produce products in foreign currencies such as the Euro, Brazilian Real, or British Pound and sell those products in U.S. Dollars. We are subject to transactional currency exposures when our subsidiaries (or the Company itself) enter into transactions denominated in a currency other than their functional currency. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded a foreign currency loss of $1.4 million on the statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) resulting from gains and losses in foreign currency transactions.

We also are subject to currency exposure from translating the results of our global operations into the U.S. Dollar at exchange rates that fluctuate during the period. The U.S. Dollar equivalent of international sales denominated in foreign currencies was unfavorably impacted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 by monthly foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against all of the foreign functional currencies for our international operations. As we continue to distribute and manufacture our products in selected foreign countries, we expect that future sales and costs associated with our activities in these markets will continue to be denominated in the applicable foreign currencies, which could cause currency fluctuations to materially impact our operating results. An analysis was performed to determine the sensitivity of our current year net sales and operating income to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We determined that if the U.S. Dollar decreased in value by 10% relative to all foreign currencies of our international operations it would result in an increase in net sales of $8.6 million and an increase in operating income of $0.8 million. If the U.S. Dollar increased in value by 10% relative to all foreign currencies of our international operations it would result in a decrease in net sales of $8.6 million and a decrease in operating income of $0.8 million.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

At the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation of reliable financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because of the inherent limitations in any internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements may occur and not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was made as of a specific date, and continued effectiveness in future periods is subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may decline.

In connection with the preparation and filing of this Annual Report, the Company’s management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,  based on the framework set forth in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Based on its evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that, as of December 31, 2019, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the specified criteria.

Ernst & Young has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which follows this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2019 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Tothe Shareholders and the Board ofDirectors ofOrthofix Medical Inc.

Opinion on InternalControl over FinancialReporting

We have audited Orthofix Medical Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Orthofix Medical Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and our report dated February 24, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basisfor Opinion

TheCompany’s managementis responsible for maintaining effectiveinternal control overfinancial reporting and for its assessmentoftheeffectivenessofinternal control over financialreporting includedin theaccompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibilityistoexpress anopinionontheCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based onouraudit.We are apublicaccountingfirmregisteredwiththe PCAOBandare requiredtobeindependentwithrespect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 24, 2020


Item 9B.

Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

Information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Form 10-K is omitted from this Annual Report and will be filed in a definitive proxy statement or by an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report.

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 regarding executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Information About Directors,” “Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and others possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 regarding executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Executive Compensation,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 11 by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Who are the principal owners of Orthofix common shares?

The following table shows each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, at least 5% of our common shares. OurWe will provide information that is based on reports filed with the SEC by each of the firms or individuals listed in the table below. You may obtain these reports from the SEC.


The Percent of Class figures for the common shares are based on 19,269,367 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 24, 2018. Except as otherwise indicated, each shareholder has sole voting and dispositive power with respectresponsive to the shares indicated.

  Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

Percent of

Class

  BlackRock, Inc.

  55 East 52nd Street

  New York, NY 10055

2,464,012(1)

13.1%

  The Vanguard Group, Inc.

  100 Vanguard Blvd.

  Malvern, PA 19355

1,649,893(2)

8.8%

(1)

Information obtained from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC by BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”) on January 19, 2018. The Schedule 13G/A discloses that BlackRock has sole voting power over 2,417,965 shares and sole dispositive power over 2,464,012 shares.

(2)

Information obtained from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC by The Vanguard Group, Inc. (“Vanguard”) on February 8, 2018. The Schedule 13G/A discloses that Vanguard has sole power to vote or direct the vote of 22,745 shares, shared power to direct the vote of 7,396 shares, sole power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of 1,621,618 shares, and shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 28,275 shares.

Common shares owned by Orthofix’s directors and executive officers

The following table sets forth the beneficialthis Item 12 regarding ownership of our common shares, including stock options currently exercisablesecurities by certain beneficial owners and exercisable within 60 days of April 24, 2018, by each director, each director nominee, each current and former executive officer listed in the Summary Compensation Table, and all current directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. The percent of class figure is based on 19,269,367 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 24, 2018. All directors and executive officers, as a group beneficially owned 1,405,203 shares of Orthofix common stockwell as of such date. Unless otherwise indicated, the beneficial owners exercise sole voting and/or investment power over their shares.

  Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

Percent of

Class

  Bradley R. Mason

489,074(1)

2.5%

  Michael M. Finegan

165,190(2)

*

  Ronald A. Matricaria

121,613(3)

*

  Davide Bianchi

111,317(4)

*

  Douglas C. Rice

91,469(5)

*

  James F. Hinrichs

56,297(6)

*

  Kimberley A. Elting

32,154(10)

*

  Luke Faulstick

30,229(7)

*

  Maria Sainz

29,267(8)

*

  Lilly Marks

29,029(9)

*

  Michael E. Paolucci

23,529(11)

*

  Alexis V. Lukianov

11,566(12)

*

  John Sicard

  All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)

1,405,203

Represents less than 1%.

(1)

Reflects 266,192 shares owned directly and 222,882 shares issuable pursuantinformation with respect to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(2)

Reflects 60,367 shares owned directly and 104,823 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(3)

Reflects 91,613 shares owned directly and 30,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.


(4)

Reflects 77,752 shares owned directly and 33,565 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(5)

Reflects 66,572 shares owned directly and 24,897 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(6)

Reflects 26,297 shares owned directly and 30,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(7)

Reflects 7,729 shares owned directly and 22,500 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(8)

All of such shares are owned directly.

(9)

Reflects 14,029 shares owned directly and 15,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(10)

Reflects 26,654 shares owned directly and 5,500 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(11)

Reflects 8,529 shares owned directly and 15,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(12)

Reflects 4,066 shares owned directly and 7,500 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Our primary equity compensation plan in prior years had been the 2004 LTIP until 2012, when our shareholders approved the 2012 LTIP, which is now our primary equity compensation plan. Some current and former executive officers continue to hold outstanding awards under our previous 2004 LTIP, although we no longer grant awards under this plan. All named executive officers are also eligible at their discretion to acquire shares of common stock pursuant to our SPP. Each of these has been approved by our shareholders. We have also made inducement grants of stock options to new employees in reliance on the Nasdaq exception to shareholder approval for such grants.  For more information on our equity compensation plans, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elementsin our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Incentives” beginning on page 21.

The following table provides aggregate information regarding the shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and rights under all of our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2017.

  Plan Category

Number

of Securities

to Be Issued

upon Exercise

of Outstanding

Options and

Rights (#)

(a)(1)

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price of

Outstanding

Options and

Rights ($)

(b) (4)

 

Number

of Securities

Remaining

Available for

Future Issuance

Under Equity

Compensation

Plans (Excluding

Securities

Reflected in

Column (a)) (#)

(c)

  Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders

 

1,152,118

 

(2)(3)

$

37.26

 

 

886,730

 

(5)

  Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders

 

150,000

 

(6)

$

38.82

 

 

 

 

  Total

 

1,302,118

 

(3)

$

37.47

 

 

886,730

 

(5)

(1) Column does not include time-based vesting restricted stock or performance-based vesting restricted stock that was unvested as of December 31, 2017, as such stock is deemed issued and outstanding at the time of grant, notwithstanding that such shares remain subject to a risk of forfeiture until vesting.

(2) Column reflects 936,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, 27,982 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding deferred stock units, and 187,314 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding performance share units,fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in eacheither case as of December 31, 2017. Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding performance share units are shown in the table based on the assumption that all applicable performance targets will be achieved at target levels, though ultimate achievement could be below or above target. All awards were granted pursuant to either the 2004 LTIP or the 2012 LTIP. There currently are no more grants being made under the 2004 LTIP.

(3) If all performance share units outstanding ascaptions “Security Ownership of December 31, 2017 were instead assumed to be achieved at maximum levels, a further 430,815 shares would be issuableCertain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in addition to the amount shown in the column.


(4) The weighted-average exercise price in column only relates to the exercise price of stock options because the deferred stock units and performance share units have no exercise price.

(5) Included are 345,555 registered shares available for issuance pursuant to the SPP and 541,175 shares remaining available for future award grants under the 2012 LTIP (which assumes that outstanding performance share units are achieved at target levels), in each case, as of December 31, 2017. If all performance share units outstanding as of December 31, 2017 instead were assumed to be achieved at maximum levels, the number of securities remaining available for future award grants under the 2012 LTIP as of December 31, 2017 would be 110,360 shares, and the aggregate amount in column (c) would be 455,915 shares. Of the 345,555 shares that were available for issuance pursuant to the SPP as of such date, 123,600 of these shares were issued in January 2018 pursuant to plan contributions made during the 2017 fiscal year

(6) Reflects shares issuable pursuant to an inducement grant stock option granted in 2013 to Mr. Mason in reliance on the Nasdaq exception to shareholder approval for equity grants to new hires.

this Item 12 by reference.

ItemItem 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Approval of Related Person Transactions

Our policy, whichWe will provide information that is set forthresponsive to this Item 13 regarding transactions with related parties and director independence in our Corporate Codedefinitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of Conduct and Audit and Finance Committee charter, is that the Audit and Finance Committee will review and approve all related person transactions that meet the minimum threshold for disclosurefiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the relevant SEC rules (generally, transactions involving amounts exceeding $120,000caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and “Director Independence” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in which a related person has a direct or indirect material interest).

Transactions with Related Persons

Tyson Fujikawa, the son of Raymond Fujikawa, our President, Spine Fixation, has been employedthis Item 13 by the Company since 2007 and is currently the Vice President of International Sales Spine Fixation. For 2017, Tyson Fujikawa’s total cash compensation was approximately $376,000 which includes base salary, bonus and sales commissions.  In addition, during 2017, he participated in the Company’s general welfare plans and was granted 2,386 restricted stock awards, which vest in four equal annual installments.  These arrangements have been approved by our Audit and Finance Committee.

Director Independence

The Board has determined that each of Mr. Faulstick, Mr. Hinrichs, Mr. Lukianov, Ms. Marks, Mr. Matricaria, Mr. Paolucci, Ms. Sainz and Mr. Sicard are independent under the current Nasdaq listing standards. Mr. Mason is not considered independent, as he also serves as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.reference.

ItemItem 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PrincipalWe will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 regarding principal accountant fees and services in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services,

The following table sets forth fees for professional services rendered” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 14 by EY for the audits of the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and the fees billed for other services rendered by EY during each such fiscal year.reference.

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

  Audit Fees

$

2,241,451

 

$

2,357,350

 

  Audit-Related Fees

 

348,846

 

 

63,800

 

  Tax Fees

 

1,114,129

 

 

868,271

 

  All Other Fees

 

2,000

 

 

2,000

 

  Total

$

3,706,426

 

$

3,291,421

 

Audit Fees

Audit fees consisted of the aggregate fees, including expenses, billed in connection with the audits of our annual financial statements and internal controls, quarterly reviews of the financial information included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and statutory audits of our subsidiaries.


Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees in 2017 and 2016 consisted of the aggregate fees, including expenses, rendered for professional services, such as accounting consultations and assurance services in connection with transactions, not reported under “Audit Fees.” 

Tax Fees

Tax fees in 2017 and 2016 consisted of the aggregate fees, including expenses, billed for professional services rendered for income tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. These fees included fees billed for federal and state income tax review services, assistance with tax audits and other tax consulting services.

All Other Fees

All other fees consisted of aggregate fees billed for products and services other than the services reported above. For fiscal years 2017 and 2016, this category included fees related to professional reference materials and publications.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The Audit and Finance Committee approves all audits, audit-related services, tax services and other services provided by EY. Any services provided by EY that are not specifically included within the scope of the audit must be either (i) pre-approved by the entire Audit and Finance Committee in advance of any engagement, or (ii) pre-approved by the Chair of the Audit and Finance Committee pursuant to authority delegated to him by the other independent members of the Audit and Finance Committee, in which case the Audit and Finance Committee is then informed of his decision. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, these pre-approval requirements are waived for non-audit services where (i) the aggregate of all such services is no more than 5% of the total amount paid to the external auditors during the fiscal year in which such services were provided, (ii) such services were not recognized at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services, and (iii) such services are approved by the Audit and Finance Committee prior to the completion of the audit engagement. In 2017 and 2016, all fees paid to EY for non-audit services were pre-approved.

 

 


PART IV

ItemItem 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

Documents filed as part of report on Form 10-K

The following documents are filed as part of this Amendment.Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1.

Financial Statements

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.  

2.

Financial Statement Schedules

No schedules are required because either the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

3.

Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

31.1  2.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CertificationAgreement and Plan of Chief Executive Officer.Merger, entered into March 15, 2018, by and among Blackstone Medical, Inc., Summit Development, Inc., and Spinal Kinetics, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

31.2  3.1

 

Orthofix Medical Inc. Certificate of Incorporation (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 1, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

  3.2

Orthofix Medical Inc. Bylaws (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 1, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

  4.1

Form of Stock Certificate (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 1, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

  4.2*

Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

10.1

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 25, 2019, among Orthofix Medical Inc., Orthofix Inc., Orthofix Spinal Implants Inc., Orthofix International B.V., Orthofix III B.V., and certain subsidiaries of Orthofix Medical Inc. as guarantors,  the several banks and other financial institutions as may from time to time become parties thereunder as lenders, and JPMorgan Chase, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 1, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.2†

Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into July 24, 2008, by and between Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.3

Amendment No. 1 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2010, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.4†

Amendment No. 2 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2012, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to amendment no. 1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.5†

Amendment No. 3 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into on July 1, 2013 and effective as of June 25, 2013, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 8, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.6

Amendment No. 4 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into on April 1, 2014, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 7, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).


Exhibit
Number

Description

10.7†

Amendment No. 5 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into on March 10, 2016, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 14, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.8†

Amendment No. 6 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into on December 29, 2017, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 26, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.9

Orthofix Medical Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.10

Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.11*

Form of Employee Performance Stock Unit Agreement under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

10.12*

Employee Time-Based Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Bradley R. Mason under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

10.13*

Form of Time-Based Vesting Employee Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (2019 Executive Retention Grants) under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 202 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

10.14

Form of Time-Based Vesting Employee Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 8, 2016 and incorporated here by reference).

10.15

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan – July 2014-June 2016 (Time-Based Vesting) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.16

Form of Time-Based Vesting Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 8, 2016 and incorporated here by reference).

10.17

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan – July 2014-June 2016 (Time-Based Vesting) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.18

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (pre-2014 grants) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.19

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.20

Form of Time-Based Vesting Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (initial grant) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 8, 2016 and incorporated here by reference).

10.21

Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.22

Employee Inducement Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Jon Serbousek (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on August 5, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).


Exhibit
Number

Description

10.23

Employee Inducement Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Jon Serbousek (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on August 5, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.24

Employee Inducement Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Beth Stevenson (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on February 2, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.25

Employee Inducement Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Beth Stevenson (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on February 2, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.26

Inducement Plan for Spinal Kinetics Employees (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on April 30, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.27

Form of Inducement Grant Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on April 30, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.28

Form of Inducement Grant Restricted Stock Agreement (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on April 30, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.29

Inducement Grant Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated March 13, 2013, between Orthofix International N.V. and Bradley R. Mason (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.30

Amended and Restated 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.31

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (post-2008 grants made under the 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan prior to the adoption of the 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.32

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Orthofix Medical Inc. and its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-224407) filed April 23, 2018).

10.33

Amended Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between Orthofix International N.V. and Bradley R. Mason (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.34

Transition and Retirement Agreement, dated February 25, 2019, between Bradley R. Mason and Orthofix Medical Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.35

Consulting Agreement, dated November 1, 2019, between Orthofix Medical Inc. and Bradley R. Mason (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 1, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.36

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2019, between Orthofix Medical Inc. and Jon Serbousek (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 1, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.37*

Letter agreement, dated December 4, 2019, between the Company and Kevin Kenny.

10.38*

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2019, between Orthofix Medical Inc. and Kevin Kenny.

10.39

Amended Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between Orthofix International N.V. and Doug Rice (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.40

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between Orthofix International N.V. and Kimberley Elting (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).


Exhibit
Number

Description

10.41

Amended Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between Orthofix International N.V. and Michael M. Finegan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.42

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated September 7, 2016, between Orthofix International N.V. and Davide Bianchi (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 9, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.43

Amended and Restated Employment Contract, dated July 31, 2018 between Orthofix AG and Davide Bianchi (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 6, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.44

Amended Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between Orthofix International N.V. and Bradley V. Niemann (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

21.1*

List of Subsidiaries.

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1*

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2*

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1*

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

101

The following financial statements from Orthofix Medical Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 filed on February 24, 2020, formatted in Inline XBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

104

The cover page from Orthofix Medical Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.

*

Filed with this Form 10-K.

Item 16.

Form 10-K SummaryCertain confidential portions of this exhibit were omitted by means of redacting a portion of the text. This exhibit has been filed separately with the Secretary of the Commission without redactions pursuant to our Application Requesting Confidential Treatment under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

None.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

None


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.MEDICAL INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: April 26, 2018February 24, 2020

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/   BRADLEY R. MASON JON SERBOUSEK

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Bradley R. MasonJon Serbousek

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: February 24, 2020

By:

/s/   DOUG RICE 

Name:

Doug Rice

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/  JON SERBOUSEK 

Jon Serbousek

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

February 24, 2020

/s/  DOUG RICE 

Doug Rice

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 24, 2020

/s/ RONALD A. MATRICARIA  

Ronald A. Matricaria

Chairman of the Board of Directors

February 24, 2020

/s/  JAMES HINRICHS 

James Hinrichs

Director

February 24, 2020

/s/  ALEXIS V. LUKIANOV 

Alexis V. Lukianov

Director

February 24, 2020

/s/  LILLY MARKS 

Lilly Marks

Director

February 24, 2020

/s/  MICHAEL E. PAOLUCCI 

Director

February 24, 2020

Michael E. Paolucci

/s/  MARIA SAINZ

Director

February 24, 2020

Maria Sainz

/s/  JOHN SICARD

Director

February 24, 2020

John Sicard

 

 

40


ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC.

Statement of Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

To the Shareholders of Orthofix Medical Inc.:

Management is responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related information that are presented in this Annual Report. The consolidated financial statements, which include amounts based on management’s estimates and judgments, have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Other financial information in the report to shareholders is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company maintains accounting and internal control systems to provide reasonable assurance at a reasonable cost that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that the financial records are reliable for preparing financial statements and maintaining accountability for assets. These systems are augmented by written policies, an organizational structure providing division of responsibilities and careful selection and training of qualified personnel.

The Company engaged Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accountants, to audit and render an opinion on the consolidated financial statements in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards include an assessment of the systems of internal controls and test of transactions to the extent considered necessary by them to support their opinion.

The Board of Directors, through its Audit Committee consisting solely of outside directors of the Company, meets periodically with management and our independent registered public accountants to ensure that each is meeting its responsibilities and to discuss matters concerning internal controls and financial reporting. Ernst & Young LLP has full and free access to the Audit Committee.

James Hinrichs

Chairman of the Audit Committee

Jon Serbousek

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

Doug Rice

Chief Financial Officer


ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Orthofix Medical Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orthofix Medical Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss),changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 24, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

As discussed in Notes 2, 8 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its methods of accounting for 1) leases in 2019 due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02,Leases (Topic 842), 2) recognition of revenue from contracts with customers in 2018 due to the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and 3) measurement of equity investments at fair value and the recognition of any changes in fair value in 2018 due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-01,Financial Instruments and ASU 2018-03, Technical Connections and Improvements to Financial Instruments.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.



   Contingent Consideration – Spinal Kinetics

Description of the Matter

As described in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s contingent consideration at the acquisition date of Spinal Kinetics, Inc. consisted of potential milestone payments of $15.0 million for achieving FDA approval and up to $45 million in connection with certain future product sales. At December 31, 2019, the fair value of contingent consideration was $42.7 million.

Auditing the Company’s accounting for the fair value of its contingent consideration involved a high degree of subjectivity in evaluating management’s estimates and the fair value is sensitive to changes in unobservable inputs, such as the forecasted future revenues for the Spinal Kinetics, Inc. products, discount rate applied, and assumptions for potential volatility in the forecasted revenues.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls that address the risks of material misstatement relating to the measurement and valuation of the contingent consideration liability.  For example, we tested controls over the Company’s process to estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration, management’s review of the significant estimation assumptions and methods used to develop the fair value estimate, the accuracy of the calculations included within the fair value model, and the underlying data used in the model.

To test the fair value of the contingent consideration liability, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing the terms of the arrangement, including the criteria required to achieve the contingent consideration, and evaluating the significant assumptions and underlying data used by the Company in the valuation model. In addition, we involved a valuation specialist to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation model, certain of the valuation model’s assumptions, and to test the model’s computational accuracy. We also tested the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the model.

   Inventory Excess and Obsolescence Reserves

Description of the Matter

At December 31, 2019, the Company’s inventory balance is $82.4 million, which is net of management’s estimate of inventory excess and obsolescence reserves. As described in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, management adjusts the value of its inventory to net realizable value to the extent it determines inventory cost cannot be recovered due to obsolescence or other factors. In order to make these determinations, management estimates future demand and sales prices to determine the appropriate inventory reserves and to make corresponding adjustments to the carrying value of these inventories to reflect the lower of cost or net realizable value.

Auditing management’s estimate of the inventory excess and obsolescence reserves involved a high degree of subjectivity because the estimate was sensitive to changes in assumptions, including forecasted product demand, length of product life cycles, and the period required to evaluate the level of market acceptance for new products. These assumptions have a significant effect on the measurement of inventory excess and obsolescence reserves.


How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls that address the risks of material misstatement relating to the measurement and valuation of inventory excess and obsolescence reserves. For example, we tested controls over the Company’s processes to estimate the inventory excess and obsolescence reserves, management’s review and approval of the model used to estimate the inventory excess and obsolescence reserve, including the data inputs and outputs of such model and management’s qualitative adjustments to the model.

To test the inventory excess and obsolescence reserve balance, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, evaluating the significant assumptions and qualitative adjustments described above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. Our audit procedures included testing the completeness

and accuracy of the underlying data used in the model and evaluating whether such data was representative of current circumstances.  We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the inventory excess and obsolescence reserves that would result from changes in the assumptions.

   Revenue Recognition (ASC 606) - Risk of Side Agreements with Distributors

Description of the Matter

As described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognizes revenue from stocking distributors (“distributor revenue”) upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is when the distributor obtains control of the promised goods. Those revenues are based on the Company’s historical collection experience, which considers the potential for, among other things, the return of previously sold products.

Auditing the Company’s measurement of any potential variable consideration under the distributor contracts is especially challenging due to the potential of side agreements that may allow for the return of previously sold products.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s process to (i) review and approve new distributor agreements; (ii) review and approve all changes made to existing arrangements; (iii) review and approve product returns; and (iv) identify and report potential distributor side agreements by inspecting source documentation used during management’s review.

Our audit procedures included, among others, confirmation of the terms and conditions of material distributor agreements. In addition, we evaluated whether the Company’s actual returns of product from distributors were appropriately approved and considered in management’s application of its revenue recognition policy for distributor revenue.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

Dallas, Texas

February 24, 2020


ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands except share and per share data)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

69,719

 

 

$

69,623

 

Restricted cash

 

 

684

 

 

 

2,566

 

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $3,987 and $7,463, respectively

 

 

86,805

 

 

 

77,747

 

Inventories

 

 

82,397

 

 

 

76,847

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

20,948

 

 

 

17,856

 

Total current assets

 

 

260,553

 

 

 

244,639

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

62,727

 

 

 

42,835

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

54,139

 

 

 

51,897

 

Goodwill

 

 

71,177

 

 

 

72,401

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

35,117

 

 

 

33,228

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

11,907

 

 

 

21,641

 

Total assets

 

$

495,620

 

 

$

466,641

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable

 

$

19,886

 

 

$

17,989

 

Current portion of finance lease liability

 

 

323

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

64,674

 

 

 

67,919

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

84,883

 

 

 

85,908

 

Long-term portion of finance lease liability

 

 

20,648

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

62,458

 

 

 

45,336

 

Total liabilities

 

 

167,989

 

 

 

131,244

 

Contingencies (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares $0.10 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized;

   19,022,619 and 18,579,688 issued and outstanding as of December 31,

   2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

1,902

 

 

 

1,858

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

271,019

 

 

 

243,165

 

Retained earnings

 

 

57,749

 

 

 

87,078

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(3,039

)

 

 

3,296

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

327,631

 

 

 

335,397

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

495,620

 

 

$

466,641

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017  

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net sales

 

$

459,955

 

 

$

453,042

 

 

$

433,823

 

Cost of sales

 

 

100,607

 

 

 

96,628

 

 

 

93,037

 

Gross profit

 

 

359,348

 

 

 

356,414

 

 

 

340,786

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

223,676

 

 

 

205,527

 

 

 

198,370

 

General and administrative

 

 

85,607

 

 

 

83,251

 

 

 

71,905

 

Research and development

 

 

34,637

 

 

 

33,218

 

 

 

29,700

 

Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement

 

 

34,212

 

 

 

4,324

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(18,784

)

 

 

30,094

 

 

 

40,811

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(828

)

 

 

(416

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(8,143

)

 

 

(6,381

)

 

 

(4,004

)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(27,049

)

 

 

22,885

 

 

 

36,391

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(1,413

)

 

 

(9,074

)

 

 

(29,100

)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

(28,462

)

 

 

13,811

 

 

 

7,291

 

Discontinued operations (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,759

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

691

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,068

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(28,462

)

 

$

13,811

 

 

$

6,223

 

Net income (loss) per common share—basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(1.51

)

 

$

0.73

 

 

$

0.40

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.06

)

Net income (loss) per common share—basic

 

$

(1.51

)

 

$

0.73

 

 

$

0.34

 

Net income (loss) per common share—diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(1.51

)

 

$

0.72

 

 

$

0.39

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.05

)

Net income (loss) per common share—diluted

 

$

(1.51

)

 

$

0.72

 

 

$

0.34

 

Weighted average number of common shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

18,903,289

 

 

 

18,494,002

 

 

 

18,117,405

 

Diluted

 

 

18,903,289

 

 

 

18,911,610

 

 

 

18,498,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on debt security

 

 

(2,593

)

 

 

1,770

 

 

 

3,830

 

Reclassification adjustment for amortization of historical unrealized gains on debt security

 

 

(1,034

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustment for loss on debt security in net income

 

 

(5,193

)

 

 

 

 

 

5,585

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

(653

)

 

 

(1,823

)

 

 

4,552

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

 

 

(9,473

)

 

 

(53

)

 

 

13,967

 

Income tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

2,201

 

 

 

(438

)

 

 

(3,600

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(7,272

)

 

 

(491

)

 

 

10,367

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(35,734

)

 

$

13,320

 

 

$

16,590

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except share data)

 

Number of

Common

Shares

Outstanding

 

 

Common

Shares

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

 

 

Retained

Earnings

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

Shareholders’

Equity

 

At December 31, 2016

 

 

17,828,155

 

 

$

1,783

 

 

$

204,095

 

 

$

64,179

 

 

$

(6,580

)

 

$

263,477

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,223

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,367

 

 

 

10,367

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,557

 

Common shares issued

 

 

450,678

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

3,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,984

 

At December 31, 2017

 

 

18,278,833

 

 

$

1,828

 

 

$

220,591

 

 

$

70,402

 

 

$

3,787

 

 

$

296,608

 

Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption

    of ASU 2014-09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,761

 

Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption

    of ASU 2016-16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,896

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,896

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,811

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(491

)

 

 

(491

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,930

 

Common shares issued

 

 

300,855

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

3,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,674

 

At December 31, 2018

 

 

18,579,688

 

 

$

1,858

 

 

$

243,165

 

 

$

87,078

 

 

$

3,296

 

 

$

335,397

 

Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption

    of ASU 2016-02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption

    of ASU 2018-02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(937

)

 

 

937

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,462

)

 

 

 

 

 

(28,462

)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,272

)

 

 

(7,272

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,540

 

Common shares issued

 

 

442,931

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

6,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,358

 

At December 31, 2019

 

 

19,022,619

 

 

$

1,902

 

 

$

271,019

 

 

$

57,749

 

 

$

(3,039

)

 

$

327,631

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(28,462

)

 

$

13,811

 

 

$

6,223

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

24,699

 

 

 

18,659

 

 

 

20,124

 

Amortization of debt costs and other assets

 

 

3,778

 

 

 

1,024

 

 

 

1,712

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,891

 

 

 

(599

)

 

 

1,639

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

1,393

 

 

 

(2,661

)

 

 

21,286

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

21,540

 

 

 

18,930

 

 

 

12,557

 

Interest and loss on the valuation of investment securities

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

3,050

 

 

 

5,585

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

29,140

 

 

 

3,069

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

2,433

 

 

 

1,633

 

 

 

1,398

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

 

(11,037

)

 

 

(3,706

)

 

 

(6,562

)

Inventories

 

 

(5,712

)

 

 

9,698

 

 

 

(15,645

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(3,698

)

 

 

(1,127

)

 

 

(6,352

)

Trade accounts payable

 

 

2,138

 

 

 

(170

)

 

 

2,324

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

(7,716

)

 

 

(7,563

)

 

 

(11,412

)

Contingent consideration milestone payment

 

 

(1,340

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term assets and liabilities

 

 

(2,014

)

 

 

(4,130

)

 

 

6,095

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

32,033

 

 

 

49,918

 

 

 

38,972

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(44,294

)

 

 

 

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment

 

 

(18,997

)

 

 

(13,592

)

 

 

(14,665

)

Capital expenditures for intangible assets

 

 

(1,527

)

 

 

(1,664

)

 

 

(2,283

)

Asset acquisitions and other investments

 

 

(2,400

)

 

 

(1,448

)

 

 

474

 

Net cash from investing activities

 

 

(22,924

)

 

 

(60,998

)

 

 

(16,474

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

 

 

11,551

 

 

 

7,100

 

 

 

7,783

 

Payments related to withholdings for share-based compensation

 

 

(5,193

)

 

 

(3,425

)

 

 

(3,800

)

Contingent consideration milestone payment

 

 

(13,660

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments related to finance lease obligation

 

 

(365

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of debt issuance costs and other financing activities

 

 

(3,021

)

 

 

(682

)

 

 

(445

)

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

(10,688

)

 

 

2,993

 

 

 

3,538

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash

 

 

(207

)

 

 

(881

)

 

 

1,180

 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

 

(1,786

)

 

 

(8,968

)

 

 

27,216

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the beginning of the year

 

 

72,189

 

 

 

81,157

 

 

 

53,941

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the end of the year

 

$

70,403

 

 

$

72,189

 

 

$

81,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the end of the year

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

69,719

 

 

$

69,623

 

 

$

81,157

 

Restricted cash

 

 

684

 

 

 

2,566

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the end of the year

 

$

70,403

 

 

$

72,189

 

 

$

81,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets acquired in asset acquisitions

 

$

1,600

 

 

$

2,015

 

 

$

 

Contingent consideration recognized at acquisition date

 

 

 

 

 

25,491

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Business and basis of consolidation

Orthofix Medical Inc. (previously Orthofix International N.V.) and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a global medical device company focused on musculoskeletal products and therapies. The Company’s mission is to improve patients’ lives by providing superior reconstruction and regenerative musculoskeletal solutions to physicians worldwide. Headquartered in Lewisville, Texas, the Company has 2 reporting segments: Global Spine and Global Extremities. Orthofix products are widely distributed via the Company's sales representatives and distributors.

In 2018, the Company completed a change in its jurisdiction of organization from Curaçao to the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”) in accordance with the conversion procedures of Articles 304 and 305 of Book 2 of the Curaçao Civil Code and the domestication procedures of Section 388 of Delaware General Corporation Law. Upon the effectiveness of the Domestication, each common share of Orthofix International N.V. was automatically converted into 1 share of common stock of Orthofix Medical Inc. This transaction was accounted for as a transfer of assets and liabilities between entities under common control, similar to a pooling of interest. As a result, the assets and liabilities were carried forward at their historical carrying amounts. The Company’s common stock continues to be traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OFIX.”

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

1.

Significant accounting policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates, including those related to contractual allowances, doubtful accounts, inventories, goodwill, fair value measurements, litigation and contingent liabilities, income taxes, and share-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience, future expectations, and other relevant assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Information on our accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are included, where applicable, in the respective footnotes that follow.

Footnote

Footnote Reference

Recently adopted accounting standards and recently issued accounting pronouncements

2

Acquisitions

3

Inventories

4

Property, plant and equipment

5

Intangible assets

6

Goodwill

7

Leases

8

Other current liabilities

9

Long-term debt

10

Fair value measurements and investments

11

Commitments and contingencies

12

Shareholders' equity

13

Revenue recognition and accounts receivable

14

Business segment information

15

Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement

16

Share-based compensation

17

Defined contribution plans and deferred compensation

18


Footnote

Footnote Reference

Income taxes

19

Earnings per share

20

Quarterly financial data

21

Subsequent events

22

The following is a discussion of accounting policies and methods used in our consolidated financial statements that are not presented within other footnotes.

Prior period reclassifications

Certain amortization expense related to intangible assets previously reported in general and administrative expenses has been reclassified to acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement based on use of the underlying intangible asset. This reclassification resulted in a decrease to general and administrative expense of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Market risk

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is exposed to the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations. The Company’s objective is to limit the impact of such movements on earnings and cash flows. In order to achieve this objective, the Company seeks to balance its non-U.S. Dollar denominated income and expenditures.

The financial statements for operations outside the United States are generally maintained in their local currency. All foreign currency denominated balance sheet accounts, except shareholders’ equity, are translated to U.S. Dollars at year end exchange rates and revenue and expense items are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholders’ equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses, including those generated from intercompany operations, are included in other expense, net and were a loss of $1.4 million, loss of $3.3 million, and a gain of $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Financial instruments and concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that could subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and accounts receivable. Generally, cash is held at large financial institutions and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid money market funds. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers, generally does not require collateral, and maintains a reserve for potential credit losses. The Company believes that a concentration of credit risk related to the accounts receivable is limited because customers are geographically dispersed and end users are diversified across several industries.

Net sales to our customers based in Europe were approximately $69 million in 2019, which represents a substantial portion of our trade accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2019. It is at least reasonably possible that changes in global economic conditions and/or local operating and economic conditions in the regions, or other factors, could affect the future realization of these accounts receivable balances.

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Restricted cash as of December 31, 2018 related to a court order affecting the Company’s local bank accounts for its office in São Paulo, Brazil, as part of an investigation of more than 30 companies, which resulted in the freezing of approximately $2.6 million of the Company’s cash. On April 3, 2019, the Company’s appeal regarding the freezing of its local bank accounts was heard by the Brazil Federal Court of Appeals of Rio de Janeiro, in which the Court ordered the unfreezing of the Company’s cash. The cash was then returned without any restrictions in April 2019. As such, this balance was reclassified to cash and cash equivalents during the second quarter of 2019.


In September 2019, approximately $0.7 million of the Company’s cash in Brazil was frozen upon request to satisfy a judgment related to an ongoing legal dispute with a former Brazilian distributor. Although the Company is appealing this judgment, this cash has been reclassified to restricted cash. Refer to Note 12 for further discussion of this matter.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs are included within sales and marketing expense and totaled $0.8 million, $0.6 million, and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Research and development costs, including in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) costs

Expenditures for research and development are expensed as incurred. Expenditures related to the collaborative arrangement with MTF Biologics (“MTF”) are expensed based on the terms of the related agreement. NaN research and development expenditures were incurred for the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018 under the collaborative arrangement with MTF. Research and development expenditures totaled $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 under the arrangement with MTF.  

In connection with the Spinal Kinetics Inc. acquisition in 2018, the Company recognized $26.8 million of IPR&D costs within patents and other intangible assets, net and recorded additional research and development costs to further develop this acquired IPR&D. See Note 6 for further details.

Acquired IPR&D represents the fair value assigned to acquired research and development assets that have not reached technological feasibility. The fair value assigned to acquired IPR&D is determined by estimating the costs to develop the acquired technology into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting revenues from the projects, and discounting the net cash flows to present value. The revenue and cost projections used to value acquired IPR&D are, as applicable, reduced based on the probability of success of developing the asset. Additionally, estimated revenues consider the relevant market sizes and growth factors, expected trends in technology, and the nature and expected timing of new product introductions by the Company and its competitors. The rates utilized to discount the net cash flows to their present value are commensurate with the stage of development of the project and uncertainties in the economic estimates used in the projections. Any future costs to further develop the IPR&D subsequent to acquisition are recorded to research and development expense as incurred. See Note 6 for additional policy discussion related to amortization and impairment testing for IPR&D.

2.

Recently adopted accounting standards and recently issued accounting pronouncements

Adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02, which changes how lessees account for leases. For most leases, the standard requires a liability to be recorded on the balance sheet based on the present value of future lease obligations with a corresponding right-of-use asset. For leases classified as operating leases, the Company is now required to recognize lease costs on a straight-line basis based on the combined amortization of the lease obligation and the right-of-use asset. Other leases are will be accounted for as finance leases, similar to capital leases under the previous accounting standard.  Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02 using a modified retrospective approach. Upon adoption, the Company elected a package of practical expedients permitted within the new standard. The elected practical expedients allow the Company to carry forward its historical lease classification and to not separate and allocate the consideration paid between lease and non-lease components included within a contract. The Company also elected an optional transition method that waives the requirement to apply the ASU to the comparative periods presented within the financial statements in the year of adoption. Therefore, results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under Topic 842, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic accounting policies under Topic 840. See Note 8 for additional discussion of the Company’s adoption of Topic 842 and its lease accounting policies.

Adoption of ASU 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, which allows entities to reclassify stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act") from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2019, using a modified retrospective approach, which resulted in an increase to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and a decrease in retained earnings of $0.9 million.


Adoption of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09. Topic 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and requires entities to recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method, which was applied to all contracts. Results for prior period amounts were not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic accounting under the previous revenue recognition standard, Topic 605. See Note 14 for further discussion of the Company’s revenue recognition policies.

Adoption of ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10), and ASU 2018-03, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10)

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, which was then further clarified in ASU 2018-03, in February 2018. This guidance required entities to measure equity investments at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income. However, for certain equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values, the new guidance allows companies to measure the investments using a new measurement alternative, which values the investments at cost, less any impairments, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer. The Company prospectively adopted both ASU 2016-01 and ASU 2018-03 as of January 1, 2018, and now uses the new measurement alternative for the Company’s equity investments in Bone Biologics, Inc. (“Bone Biologics”), which historically had been measured at cost. See Note 11 for further discussion related to our investment in Bone BIologics.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

Topic

Description of Guidance

Effective Date

Status of Company's Evaluation

Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (ASU 2016-13), and subsequent amendments

Requires that credit losses for certain types of financial instruments, including trade accounts receivable, be estimated based on expected losses and also modifies the impairment models for available-for-sale debt securities and for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. Applied using a modified retrospective approach, with early adoption permitted.

January 1, 2020

The Company formed an implementation team to evaluate the impact this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements. Based on its preliminary evaluation, the Company expects to record an increase in its allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $1.1 million, an increase in deferred income taxes of approximately $0.2 million, and a decrease in retained earnings of approximately $0.9 million. The Company does not expect material impacts to its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) or to its consolidated statements of cash flows.

Goodwill

(ASU 2017-04)

Eliminates Step 2 of the current goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill impairment. A goodwill impairment loss will instead be measured at the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the recorded amount of goodwill. Applied on a prospective basis, with early adoption permitted.

January 1, 2020

The Company does not expect this ASU to have a significant impact on its financial statements or disclosures.


Topic

Description of Guidance

Effective Date

Status of Company's Evaluation

Fair value measurement (ASU 2018-13)

Eliminates such disclosures as the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and adds new disclosure requirements for Level 3 measurements. Certain of the provisions are to be applied retrospectively with other provisions  applied prospectively.

January 1, 2020

The Company does not expect the ASU to have a significant impact on its financial statements, but the ASU may have a significant impact on disclosures for any level 3 assets or liabilities.

Implementation costs in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract (ASU 2018-15)

Aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by the amendments in this update. Applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption.

January 1, 2020

The Company plans to adopt this ASU prospectively on January 1, 2020. However, the Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact to its consolidated financial statements.

Simplifying the accounting for income taxes (ASU 2019-12)

Reduces the complexity of accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740, Income Taxes. Additionally, the ASU simplifies GAAP by amending the requirements related to the accounting for "hybrid" tax regimes and also adding the requirement to evaluate when a step up in the tax basis of goodwill should be considered part of the business combination and when it should be considered a separate transaction. Certain of the provisions are to be applied retrospectively with other provisions  applied prospectively.

January 1, 2021

The Company is currently evaluating the impact this ASU may have on its consolidated financial statements.

3.

Acquisitions

On April 30, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Spinal Kinetics Inc. (“Spinal Kinetics”), a privately held developer and manufacturer of artificial cervical and lumbar discs for $45.0 million in net cash, subject to certain adjustments, plus potential milestone payments of up to $60.0 million in cash. The results of operations for Spinal Kinetics have been included in the Company’s financial results since the acquisition date, April 30, 2018.

The fair value of the consideration transferred was $76.6 million, which consisted of the following:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Fair value of consideration transferred

 

 

 

 

Cash paid

 

$

51,109

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

25,491

 

Total fair value of consideration transferred

 

$

76,600

 


The contingent consideration consists of potential future milestone payments of up to $60.0 million in cash. The milestone payments include (i) up to $15.0 million if the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) grants approval of Spinal Kinetics’ M6-C artificial cervical disc (the “FDA Milestone”) and (ii) revenue-based milestone payments of up to $45.0 million in connection with future sales of the M6-C artificial cervical disc and the M6-L artificial lumbar disc. Milestones must be achieved within five years of the Acquisition Date to trigger applicable payments. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion of the valuation of the contingent milestone payments.

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Preliminary Acquisition Date Fair Value as Previously Reported

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

Final Acquisition Date Fair Value

 

 

Assigned Useful Life

Assets acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

6,785

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,785

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

 

1,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,705

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

8,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,175

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

2,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,285

 

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

320

 

 

 

 

 

 

320

 

 

 

Developed technology

 

 

12,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,400

 

 

10 years

In-process research and development ("IPR&D")

 

 

26,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,800

 

 

Indefinite

Tradename

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

2 years

Deferred income taxes

 

 

2,374

 

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

3,594

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets acquired

 

$

61,289

 

 

$

1,220

 

 

$

62,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable

 

$

351

 

 

$

 

 

$

351

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

2,873

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

2,869

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

301

 

 

 

 

 

 

301

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

3,525

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

3,521

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

18,836

 

 

 

(1,224

)

 

 

17,612

 

 

 

Total fair value of consideration transferred

 

$

76,600

 

 

$

 

 

$

76,600

 

 

 

The $17.6 million of goodwill recognized was assigned to the Global Spine reporting segment.

On February 6, 2019, the Company obtained FDA approval of the M6-C artificial cervical disc for patients suffering from cervical disease degeneration. Following FDA approval, the Company transferred $26.8 million from IPR&D to developed technology, and began amortization over 10 years.

The Company did 0t recognize any acquisition related costs during the year ended December 31, 2019 and recorded $3.3 million and $0.8 million of acquisition related costs during the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, within general and administrative expenses. The Company’s results of operations included net sales of $12.4 million and $8.7 million related to Spinal Kinetics for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Additionally, the Company’s results of operations included net losses of $9.3 million and $5.8 million related to Spinal Kinetics for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Options Medical, LLC Asset Acquisition

On January 31, 2019, the Company acquired certain assets of Options Medical, LLC (“Options Medical”), a medical device distributor based in Florida. Under the terms of the acquisition, the parties agreed to terminate an existing exclusive sales representative agreement, employees of Options Medical became employees of the Company, and the Company acquired all customer lists and customer information related to the sale of the Company’s products. As consideration for the assets acquired, the Company paid $6.4 million. The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:


(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

 

Balance Sheet Classification

 

Assigned Useful Life

Assets acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease assets

 

$

175

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

Customer relationships

 

 

5,832

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

10 years

Assembled workforce

 

 

568

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

5 years

Total identifiable assets acquired

 

$

6,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liability - short-term

 

$

69

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

Operating lease liability - long-term

 

 

106

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

175

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of consideration transferred

 

$

6,400

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value, after provision for excess, obsolete or impaired items, which is reviewed and updated on a periodic basis by management. For inventory procured or produced, whether internally or through contract manufacturing arrangements, at our manufacturing facility in Italy, cost is determined on a weighted-average basis, which approximates the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. For inventory procured or produced, whether internally or through contract manufacturing arrangements, at our manufacturing facilities in Texas and California, standard costs, which approximates actual cost on the FIFO method, is used to value inventory. Standard costs are reviewed annually by management, or more often in the event circumstances indicate a change in cost has occurred.

Work-in-process, finished products, and field/consignment inventory include material, labor and production overhead costs. Field/consignment inventory represents immediately saleable finished products inventory that is in the possession of the Company’s independent sales representatives or located at third party customers, such as distributors and hospitals.

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Raw materials

 

$

9,587

 

 

$

8,463

 

Work-in-process

 

 

14,027

 

 

 

13,478

 

Finished products

 

 

20,712

 

 

 

18,244

 

Field/consignment

 

 

38,071

 

 

 

36,662

 

Inventories

 

$

82,397

 

 

$

76,847

 

The Company adjusts the value of its inventory to the extent management determines that the cost cannot be recovered due to obsolescence or other factors. In order to make these determinations, management uses estimates of future demand and sales prices for each product to determine the appropriate inventory reserves and to make corresponding adjustments to the carrying value of these inventories to reflect the lower of cost or market value.

5.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, or when acquired as part of a business combination, at estimated fair value. Costs include all expenditures necessary to place the asset in service, generally including freight and sales and use taxes. Property, plant and equipment includes instrumentation held by customers, which is generally used to facilitate the implantation of the Company’s products.


The useful lives of these assets are generally as follows:

Years

Buildings

25 to 33

Plant and equipment

1 to 10

Instrumentation

3 to 4

Computer software

3 to 7

Furniture and fixtures

4 to 8

The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets. Depreciation of leasehold improvements is computed over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the asset. Total depreciation expense was  $17.7 million, $15.9 million and $18.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals and improvements, which do not extend the lives of the respective assets, are expensed as incurred. All other expenditures for renewals and improvements are capitalized. The assets and related accumulated depreciation are adjusted for property retirements and disposals, with the resulting gain or loss included in earnings. Fully depreciated assets remain in the accounts until retired from service.

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

$

3,731

 

 

$

3,746

 

Plant and equipment

 

 

46,470

 

 

 

45,744

 

Instrumentation

 

 

82,327

 

 

 

75,542

 

Computer software

 

 

49,696

 

 

 

47,322

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

7,328

 

 

 

6,599

 

Construction in progress

 

 

2,201

 

 

 

2,909

 

Finance lease assets

 

 

21,179

 

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, gross

 

 

212,932

 

 

 

181,862

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(150,205

)

 

 

(139,027

)

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

$

62,727

 

 

$

42,835

 

The Company capitalizes system development costs related to internal-use software during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three to seven years.

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company entered into an amendment for its corporate headquarters lease. As a result, the classification of this lease changed from an operating lease to a finance lease. This resulted in an increase to both the lease liability and lease asset of approximately $8.0 million, when compared to the original operating lease assets and liabilities recorded upon the adoption of ASU 2016-02.

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances have occurred that would indicate impairment. For purposes of the evaluation, the Company groups its long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows if the asset does not generate cash flows independent of other assets and liabilities. If the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group, the Company will write the carrying value down to the fair value in the period identified.

The Company generally determines fair value of long-lived assets as the present value of estimated future cash flows. In determining the estimated future cash flows associated with the assets, the Company uses estimates and assumptions about future revenue contributions, cost structures and remaining useful lives of the asset group. The use of alternative assumptions, including estimated cash flows, discount rates, and alternative estimated remaining useful lives could result in different calculations of impairment.


6.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets are recorded at cost, or when acquired as a part of a business combination, at estimated fair value. These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets.

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Weighted Average Amortization Period

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

 

10 years

 

$

42,034

 

 

$

39,085

 

Developed technology

 

10 years

 

 

39,200

 

 

 

12,400

 

IPR&D

 

Indefinite

 

 

 

 

 

26,800

 

Customer relationships

 

9 years

 

 

7,430

 

 

 

 

License and other

 

7 years

 

 

15,960

 

 

 

14,654

 

Trademarks—finite lived

 

10 years

 

 

942

 

 

 

840

 

 

 

9 years

 

 

105,566

 

 

 

93,779

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

 

 

 

$

(38,246

)

 

$

(35,016

)

Developed technology

 

 

 

 

(4,523

)

 

 

(827

)

Customer relationships

 

 

 

 

(535

)

 

 

 

License and other

 

 

 

 

(7,701

)

 

 

(5,744

)

Trademarks—finite lived

 

 

 

 

(422

)

 

 

(295

)

 

 

 

 

 

(51,427

)

 

 

(41,882

)

Patents and other intangible assets, net

 

 

 

$

54,139

 

 

$

51,897

 

Intangible assets related to IPR&D projects are considered to be indefinite-lived until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development efforts. During the period the assets are considered indefinite-lived, they are not amortized but tested for impairment. Impairment testing is performed at least annually or when a triggering event occurs that could indicate a potential impairment. If and when development is complete, which generally occurs when regulatory approval to market a product is obtained, the associated assets are deemed finite-lived and are amortized over a period that best reflects the economic benefits provided by these assets. On February 6, 2019, the Company obtained FDA approval of the M6-C artificial cervical disc for patients suffering from cervical disease degeneration. Following FDA approval, the Company transferred $26.8 million from IPR&D to developed technology, and began amortization over 10 years.

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $7.0 million, $2.7 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Future amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Amortization

 

2020

 

$

7,420

 

2021

 

 

7,317

 

2022

 

 

7,337

 

2023

 

 

6,668

 

2024

 

 

5,799

 

Thereafter

 

 

19,598

 

Total

 

$

54,139

 


7.

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill at least annually for impairment. The Company tests more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. These indicators include, among others, declines in sales, earnings or cash flows, or the development of a material adverse change in the business climate. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment.

As part of the change in reporting segments, which occurred during the first quarter of 2019, the Company performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill immediately prior to and subsequently following the change in reporting segments. The analysis did not result in an impairment. In addition, the net carrying value of goodwill that was previously reported under the prior reporting segments of (i) Bone Growth Therapies, (ii) Spinal Implants, and (iii) Biologics has been consolidated and is now included within the Global Spine reporting segment.

At the beginning of the fourth quarters of 2019 and 2018, the Company performed a qualitative assessment for its annual goodwill impairment analysis, which did not result in impairment. This qualitative analysis considers all relevant factors specific to the reporting units, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance, and relevant entity-specific events.

The following table presents the net carrying value of goodwill, and a rollforward of such balances from December 31, 2018, by reportable segment:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Global Spine

 

$

72,401

 

 

$

(1,224

)

 

$

71,177

 

Global Extremities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

72,401

 

 

$

(1,224

)

 

$

71,177

 

8.

Leases

As discussed in Note 2, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02—Leases (Topic 842), as of January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Adoption of the new standard resulted in the recognition of operating lease assets and lease liabilities of $20.2 million and $20.5 million, respectively, as of January 1, 2019. The difference between the lease assets and lease liabilities, net of the deferred tax impact, and the elimination of historical prepaid or deferred rent, was recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings. The net impact of adoption to the Company’s balance sheet as of January 1, 2019 is presented in the table below. The standard did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) or cash flows.


(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Impact

of Adoption

of ASC 842

 

 

January 1,

2019

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

72,189

 

 

$

 

 

$

72,189

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

77,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,747

 

Inventories

 

 

76,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,847

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

17,856

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

17,841

 

Total current assets

 

 

244,639

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

244,624

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

 

42,835

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,835

 

Intangible assets, net and goodwill

 

 

124,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

124,298

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

33,228

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

33,299

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

21,641

 

 

 

20,209

 

 

 

41,850

 

Total assets

 

$

466,641

 

 

$

20,265

 

 

$

486,906

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

17,989

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,989

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

67,919

 

 

 

2,166

 

 

 

70,085

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

85,908

 

 

 

2,166

 

 

 

88,074

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

45,336

 

 

 

18,028

 

 

 

63,364

 

Total liabilities

 

$

131,244

 

 

$

20,194

 

 

$

151,438

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares

 

 

1,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,858

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

243,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

243,165

 

Retained earnings

 

 

87,078

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

87,149

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

3,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,296

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

335,397

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

335,468

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

466,641

 

 

$

20,265

 

 

$

486,906

 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company’s leases primarily relate to facilities, vehicles, and equipment. Lease assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Lease assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate is used as a discount rate, based on the information available at the commencement date, in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease assets also include the impact of any prepayments made and are reduced by impact of any lease incentives.

The Company has made an accounting policy election for short-term leases, in that the Company does not recognize a lease liability or lease asset on the balance sheet for leases with a lease term of twelve months or less as of the commencement date. Rather, any short-term lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The current period short-term lease expense reasonably reflects our short-term lease commitments.

The Company has made a policy election for all classifications of leases to combine lease and nonlease components and to account for them as a single lease component. Variable lease payments are excluded from the lease liability and recognized in the period in which the obligation is incurred. Additionally, lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the option.

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company entered into an amendment for its corporate headquarters lease. As a result, the classification of this lease changed from an operating lease to a finance lease, resulting in an increase to both the lease liability and lease asset of approximately $8.0 million.


A summary of the Company’s lease portfolio as of December 31, 2019 is presented in the table below:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except lease term and discount rate)

 

Classification

 

December 31, 2019

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

Other long-term assets

 

$

5,798

 

Finance leases

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

20,207

 

Total lease assets

 

 

 

$

26,005

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

Other current liabilities

 

$

1,875

 

Finance leases

 

Current portion of finance lease liability

 

 

323

 

Long-term

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

4,084

 

Finance leases

 

Long-term portion of finance lease liability

 

 

20,648

 

Total lease liabilities

 

 

 

$

26,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

4.2 years

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

20.7 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Discount Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

 

2.33

%

Finance leases

 

 

 

 

4.38

%

The components of lease costs were as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

Finance lease costs:

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

$

972

 

Interest on finance lease liabilities

 

 

919

 

Operating lease costs

 

 

2,161

 

Short-term lease costs

 

 

255

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

749

 

Total lease costs

 

$

5,056

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

$

4,075

 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

 

919

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

365

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

878

 

Finance leases

 

 

21,179

 


A summary of the Company’s remaining lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019 is included below:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Operating

Leases

 

 

Finance

Leases

 

2020

 

$

1,979

 

 

$

1,013

 

2021

 

 

1,758

 

 

 

1,414

 

2022

 

 

1,409

 

 

 

1,442

 

2023

 

 

259

 

 

 

1,471

 

2024

 

 

143

 

 

 

1,501

 

Thereafter

 

 

686

 

 

 

25,706

 

Total undiscounted value of lease liabilities

 

 

6,234

 

 

 

32,547

 

Less: Interest

 

 

(275

)

 

 

(11,576

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

5,959

 

 

$

20,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of lease liabilities

 

$

1,875

 

 

$

323

 

Long-term portion of lease liabilities

 

 

4,084

 

 

 

20,648

 

Total lease liabilities

 

$

5,959

 

 

$

20,971

 

9.

Other current liabilities

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

5,571

 

 

$

6,206

 

Salaries, bonuses, commissions and related taxes payable

 

 

14,008

 

 

 

21,608

 

Accrued distributor commissions

 

 

12,286

 

 

 

10,073

 

Accrued legal and settlement expenses

 

 

9,227

 

 

 

4,196

 

Contingent consideration liability

 

 

14,700

 

 

 

13,600

 

Short-term operating lease liability

 

 

1,875

 

 

 

 

Non-income taxes payable

 

 

4,021

 

 

 

3,638

 

Other payables

 

 

2,986

 

 

 

8,598

 

Other current liabilities

 

$

64,674

 

 

$

67,919

 

In December 2019, the Company approved and initiated a targeted restructuring plan in the U.S. to streamline costs and to better align talent with the Company’s strategic initiatives. The plan consists primarily of the realignment of certain personnel, representing an extremely limited number of positions, which will require severance payments. As of December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a liability of $3.2 million in connection with this activity, all of which was recognized in 2019 within general and administrative expenses.

10.

Long-term debt

On October 25, 2019, the Company, and certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively with the Company, the “Borrowers”), as borrowers, and certain material subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as Administrative Agent, and certain lender parties thereto.The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a $300 million secured revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) amending and restating the $125 million secured revolving credit facility that previously existed with such lenders. The Credit Agreement has a maturity date of October 25, 2024. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has 0 borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement.


Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for, among other things, working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries (including permitted acquisitions and permitted payments of dividends and other distributions). The Facility is available in U.S. Dollars with up to $150 million of the Facility available to be borrowed in Euros and British Pounds (the “Agreed Currencies”).  The Facility further permits up to $50 million of the Facility to be utilized for the issuance of letters of credit in the Agreed Currencies. The Borrowers have the ability to increase the amount of the Facility, which increases may take the form of increases to the revolving credit commitments or the issuance of new term A loans, by an aggregate amount of up to the greater of $150 million or an incremental amount such that the total amount of the Facility does not exceed 350% of consolidated EBITDA of the Company (as determined for the four fiscal quarter period most recently ended for which financial statements are available), upon satisfaction of customary conditions precedent for such increases or incremental loans and receipt of additional commitments by one or more existing or new lenders.

Borrowings under the Facility bear interest at a floating rate, which is, at the Borrowers’ option, either LIBOR,or possibly an alternative reference rate to be used in place of LIBOR upon the occurrence of a benchmark transition event, plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.25% or a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.25% to 1.25% (in each case subject to adjustment based on the Company’s total leverage ratio).  An unused fee ranging from 0.15% to 0.25% (subject to adjustment based on the Company’s total leverage ratio) is payable quarterly in arrears based on the daily amount of the undrawn portion of each lender’s revolving credit commitment under the Facility.  Fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit at a rate equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR loans, plus certain customary fees payable solely to the issuer of the letter of credit.  

Certain of the Company’s existing and future material subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”) are required to guarantee the repayment of the Borrowers’ obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement.  The obligations of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors with respect to the Amended Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of substantially all of the personal property assets of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors, including accounts receivables, deposit accounts, intellectual property, investment property, inventory, equipment and equity interests in their respective subsidiaries.    

The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the Company’s and its subsidiaries ability to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions, merge or consolidate with others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions, pay subordinated indebtedness and enter into affiliate transactions. In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement contains financial covenants requiring the Company on a consolidated basis to maintain, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, a total net leverage ratio of not more than 3.5 to 1.0 (which ratio can be permitted to increase to 4.0 to 1.0 for no more than 4 fiscal quarters following a material acquisition) and an interest coverage ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0. The Amended Credit Agreement also includes events of default customary for facilities of this type and upon the occurrence of such events of default, subject to customary cure rights, all outstanding loans under the Facility may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ commitments terminated. The Credit Agreement also includes events of default customary for facilities of this type, and upon the occurrence of such events of default, subject to customary cure rights, all outstanding loans under the Facility may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ commitments terminated. The Company is in compliance with all required financial covenants as of December 31, 2019.

In conjunction with obtaining the Facility, the Company has paid $1.5 million in debt issuance costs and has capitalized a total of $1.8 million associated with the Facility. These costs are being amortized over the life of the Facility. The debt issuance costs are included in other long-term assets, net of accumulated amortization. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization, were $1.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Debt issuance costs amortized or expensed totaled $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

The Company has an unused available line of credit of €5.5 million ($6.2 million and $6.3 million) at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, in its Italian line of credit. This unsecured line of credit provides the Company the option to borrow amounts in Italy at interest rates determined at the time of borrowing.

The Company paid cash related to interest of $0.8 million, $0.8 million, and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

11.

Fair value measurements and investments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.


Non-financial assets and liabilities of the Company measured at fair value include any long-lived assets that are impaired in a currently reported period or equity securities measured at observable prices in orderly transactions. The authoritative guidance also describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1:

quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 2:

observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 3:

unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions

The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, restricted cash, collective trust funds, treasury securities, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term secured debt, equity warrants, equity securities, available for sale debt securities, contingent consideration and deferred compensation plan liabilities. The carrying value of cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The Company’s credit facilities carry a floating rate of interest, and therefore, the carrying value of long-term debt is considered to approximate the fair value.  

The Company’s collective trust funds, treasury securities, equity warrants, equity securities, debt security, contingent consideration, and deferred compensation plan liabilities are the only financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Balance

December 31,

2019

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

$

219

 

 

$

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

 

Total

 

$

219

 

 

$

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration

 

$

(42,700

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(42,700

)

Deferred compensation plan

 

 

(1,255

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,255

)

 

 

 

Total

 

$

(43,955

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,255

)

 

$

(42,700

)

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Balance

December 31,

2018

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury securities

 

$

490

 

 

$

490

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Equity securities

 

 

219

 

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

 

Debt security

 

 

17,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,820

 

Total

 

$

18,529

 

 

$

490

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

17,820

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

(28,560

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,560

)

Deferred compensation plan

 

$

(1,275

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,275

)

 

$

 

Total

 

$

(29,835

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,275

)

 

$

(28,560

)

The fair value of treasury securities was determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, therefore, the Company categorized these instruments as Level 1 financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s collective trust funds, equity warrants, equity securities, and deferred compensation plan liabilities are determined based on inputs that are readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets; therefore, the Company has categorized these instruments as Level 2 financial instruments.


Equity Warrants and Securities

The Company holds investments in common stock and warrants to purchase shares of common stock of Bone Biologics. The Company’s common stock investments are recorded within other long-term assets although the fair value of the warrants was reduced to 0 in 2018. The equity securities are considered investments that do not have readily determinable fair values. As such, the Company measures these investments at cost, less any impairments, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer. In 2018, Bone Biologics completed a series of equity financing activities, which provided a new observable price change in an orderly transaction. As a result, the Company determined its investment was impaired and recorded a charge of $4.4 million in other expense, net.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company holds common stock of Bone Biologics and warrants to purchase approximately 13 thousand shares at a weighted average exercise price of $10.00 per share (after adjusting the shares and exercise price for a reverse stock split executed by Bone Biologics in 2018). Under the terms of the warrant purchase agreements, the warrants to purchase common stock in Bone Biologics are exercisable over a seven year period, which expires in 2020, and are transferable by the holder to other parties.

The changes in valuation of these securities for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 are shown below:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Equity securities and warrants at January 1

 

$

219

 

 

$

2,768

 

 

$

2,768

 

Impact of adoption of ASU 2016-01 recognized in other income

 

 

 

 

 

1,629

 

 

 

 

Purchase of additional common stock

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

Fair value adjustments, expirations, and impairments recognized in other expense

 

 

 

 

 

(4,678

)

 

 

 

Equity securities and warrants at December 31

 

$

219

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

2,768

 

Debt Security

Until October of 2019, the Company held a debt security of eNeura, Inc. (“eNeura”), a privately held medical technology company that is developing devices for the treatment of migraines. The principal amount of the debt security was $15.0 million and accrued interest at 8.0%, with payment due at maturity. The debt security was originally set to mature on March 4, 2019. On March 1, 2019, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Senior Secured Promissory Note with eNeura (the “Restructured Debt Security”) to restructure the debt security, which extended the maturity date to the earlier of (i) March 4, 2022, (ii) the effective date of a change in control, or (iii) the effective date of an initial public offering by eNeura, and which also eliminated the conversion feature included within the original note. As consideration for the extension, eNeura issued to the Company a Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (the “Warrant”), exercisable at $0.01 per share over a ten year contractual term, for a number of shares equal to 10% of the sum of the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Amended and Restated Debt Security as of March 1, 2019, divided by $1.00 (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions).

Prior to the restructuring, the debt security was accounted for as an available for sale debt security at fair value and included within other long-term assets. The fair value was based upon significant unobservable inputs, including the use of a discounted cash flow model and assumptions regarding the expected payback period for the debt security, requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions; therefore, the Company had categorized this asset as a Level 3 financial asset. The Company evaluated any declines in fair value, if any, each quarter to determine if impairments are other-than-temporary. The debt security had an amortized cost basis of $9.0 million at the time of the restructuring and as of December 31, 2018.

Subsequent to the restructuring, the debt security was no longer classified as an available for sale debt security, but rather as a held to maturity debt security. The debt security was reclassified from an available for sale debt security to a held to maturity debt security at its fair value on the date of the restructuring. As a result, the unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to the debt security were to be subsequently amortized to interest income over the remaining term of the Restructured Debt Security.

The Warrant was recorded at fair value and included in other long-term assets. The fair value of the Warrant was based on significant unobservable inputs, including the use of a discounted cash flow model and an option-pricing model, requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions; therefore, the Company categorized this asset as a Level 3 financial asset. The Warrant was considered an investment that does not have a readily determinable fair value. As such, the Company measured the Warrant at cost, less any impairments, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.


During the quarter ended September 30, 2019, the Company engaged in negotiations with eNeura to settle the Restructured Debt Security and on October 25, 2019, the Company and eNeura settled the Restructured Debt Security for a  $4.0 million cash payment and agreed to transfer the Warrant to eNeura. As such, the Company determined the Restructured Debt Security and Warrant were impaired and adjusted the carrying value of the Restructured Debt Security to $4.0 million, its settlement value, by recording a net other-than-temporary impairment of $6.5 million in other expense, net, which included a reclassification of the related unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of $5.2 million.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for debt securities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

17,820

 

 

$

16,050

 

 

$

12,220

 

Gains (losses) recorded for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized in other expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,585

)

Recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(2,593

)

 

 

1,770

 

 

 

9,415

 

Change in classification of debt security to held to maturity

 

 

(15,227

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Warrant as consideration for extension

 

 

491

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of Warrant

 

 

(491

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

 

$

 

 

$

17,820

 

 

$

16,050

 

Contingent Consideration

Contingent consideration consists of potential future milestone payments of up to $60.0 million in cash associated with the Spinal Kinetics acquisition. The milestone payments include (i) up to $15.0 million upon FDA approval of the M6-C artificial cervical disc (the “FDA Milestone”) and (ii) revenue-based milestone payments of up to $45.0 million in connection with future sales of the acquired artificial discs (the “Revenue Milestones”). Milestones must be achieved within five years of April 30, 2018 to trigger applicable payments.

On February 6, 2019, the Company obtained FDA approval of the M6-C artificial cervical disc. This approval triggered the Company’s payment obligation of $15.0 million for the achievement of the FDA Milestone, which was paid on February 14, 2019. Prior to its payment, the Company estimated the fair value of the FDA Milestone using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. The fair value was based on significant unobservable inputs and thus represented a Level 3 measurement. The key assumptions affecting the fair value of the milestone payment included the Company’s estimation of the timing and probability of FDA approval.

The Company estimates the fair value of the Revenue Milestones using a Monte Carlo simulation. This fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. The key assumptions in applying the Monte Carlo valuation model include the Company’s forecasted future revenues for Spinal Kinetics products, the discount rates applied, and assumptions for potential volatility of forecasted revenue. Significant changes in these assumptions could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value. As of December 31, 2019, the estimated fair value of the remaining Revenue Milestones was $42.7 million; however, the actual amount ultimately paid could be higher or lower than this amount. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has classified $14.7 million of the liability within other current liabilities, as the Company expects to pay one of the Revenue Milestones in the next twelve months, and the remaining $28.0 million within other long-term liabilities.

Any changes in fair value related to contingent consideration are recorded as an operating expense and included within acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement. The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the contingent consideration measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Contingent consideration at January 1

 

$

28,560

 

 

$

 

Acquisition date fair value

 

 

 

 

 

25,491

 

Increase in fair value recognized in acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement

 

 

29,140

 

 

 

3,069

 

Payment made

 

 

(15,000

)

 

 

 

Contingent consideration at December 31

 

$

42,700

 

 

$

28,560

 


The $29.1 million increase in fair value in 2019 is primarily attributable to a change in management’s forecast of future net sales of the artificial discs, including an acceleration of the expected timing of such future sales, subsequent to the Company’s launch of the product in the U.S. market upon receiving FDA approval.

12.

Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies policy

The Company records accruals for certain outstanding legal proceedings, investigations or claims when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, on a quarterly basis, developments in legal proceedings, investigations and claims that could affect the amount of any accrual, as well as any developments that would make a loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable. When a loss contingency is not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company does not accrue the loss. However, if the loss (or an additional loss in excess of the accrual) is at least a reasonable possibility and material, then the Company discloses a reasonable estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, if such reasonable estimate can be made. If the Company cannot make a reasonable estimate of the possible loss, or range of loss, then that is disclosed. In addition, legal fees and other directly related costs are expensed as incurred.

In addition to the matters described in the paragraphs below, in the normal course of its business, the Company is involved in various lawsuits from time to time and may be subject to certain other contingencies. The Company believes any losses related to these matters are individually and collectively immaterial as to a possible loss and range of loss.

January 2017 SEC Settlements

In January 2017, the SEC approved the Company’s offers of settlement in connection with the SEC’s investigations of accounting matters leading to the Company’s prior restatement of financial statements and the Company’s review of improper payments with respect to its subsidiary in Brazil. The settlements approved by the SEC resolved these two matters, and included payments totaling $14.4 million to the SEC of amounts previously accrued and funded into escrow during 2016. In addition, in 2017, the Company received a favorable insurance settlement of approximately $6 million associated with prior costs incurred related to these matters, which was recognized within general and administrative expenses.

Discontinued Operations – Matters Related to Breg and Indemnification Obligations

On May 24, 2012, the Company sold Breg, Inc. (“Breg”), a former subsidiary, to an affiliate of Water Street Healthcare Partners II, L.P. (“Water Street”). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company indemnified Water Street and Breg with respect to certain specified matters. In May 2018, Breg settled and resolved a post-close cold therapy claim in California state court. Pursuant to the Company’s indemnification obligation, the Company made a final payment to its insurer in the amount of $1.7 million to help fund the Breg settlement. Charges incurred as a result of this indemnification were reflected as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company does not expect any additional charges related to this discontinued operation.

Italian Medical Device Payback (“IMDP”)

In 2015, the Italian Parliament introduced rules for entities that supply goods and services to the Italian National Healthcare System. The healthcare law is expected to impact the business and financial reporting of companies operating in the medical technology sector that sell medical devices in Italy. A key provision of the law is a ‘payback’ measure, requiring companies selling medical devices in Italy to make payments to the Italian government if medical device expenditures exceed regional maximum ceilings. Companies are required to make payments equal to a percentage of expenditures exceeding maximum regional caps. There is considerable uncertainty about how the law will operate and what the exact timeline is for finalization. The Company’s current assessment of the IMDP involves significant judgment regarding the expected scope and actual implementation terms of the measure as the latter have not been clarified to date by Italian authorities. The Company accounts for the estimated cost of the IMDP as sales and marketing expense and recorded expense of $1.3 million, $1.0 million, and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has accrued $4.9 million related to the IMDP, which it has classified within other long-term liabilities; however, the actual liability could be higher or lower than the amount accrued once the law has been clarified by the Italian authorities.


Brazil

In July 2018, the Federal Prosecution Service in Rio de Janeiro and representatives from the Brazilian antitrust authority inspected the offices of more than 30 companies, including the Company’s office in São Paulo, as part of an investigation into tender irregularities in the medical device industry. Before doing so, the authorities obtained a court order affecting the Company’s (and other companies’) local bank accounts resulting in the freezing of approximately $2.5 million of the Company’s cash, which the Company reclassified to restricted cash. On April 3, 2019, the Company’s appeal regarding the freezing of its local bank accounts was heard by the Brazil Federal Court of Appeals of Rio de Janeiro, in which the Court ordered the unfreezing of the Company’s cash. The cash was then returned without any restriction in April 2019. As such, this balance was reclassified to cash and cash equivalents in 2019.

In September 2019, approximately $0.7 million of the Company’s cash in Brazil was frozen upon request to satisfy a judgment related to an ongoing legal dispute with a former Brazilian distributor. Although the Company is appealing the judgment, this cash has been reclassified to restricted cash. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has accrued $1.7 million related to this matter.

13.

Shareholders’ equity

Dividends

The Company has not paid dividends to holders of its common stock in the past. Certain subsidiaries of the Company have restrictions on their ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances pursuant to the Amended Credit Agreement. In the event that the Company decides to pay a dividend to holders of its common stock in the future with dividends received from its subsidiaries, the Company may, based on prevailing rates of taxation, be required to pay additional withholding and income tax on such amounts received from its subsidiaries.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and the unrealized gains (losses) on the Company’s debt security, which was settled in 2019. The components of and changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Currency

Translation

Adjustments

 

 

Debt Security

 

 

Accumulated Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

(563

)

 

$

4,350

 

 

$

3,787

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(1,823

)

 

 

1,770

 

 

 

(53

)

Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(438

)

 

 

(438

)

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

$

(2,386

)

 

$

5,682

 

 

$

3,296

 

Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption of ASU 2018-02

 

 

 

 

 

937

 

 

 

937

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

(653

)

 

 

(2,593

)

 

 

(3,246

)

Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

642

 

 

 

642

 

Reclassification adjustment to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

 

 

 

(1,034

)

 

 

(1,034

)

Other expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

(5,193

)

 

 

(5,193

)

Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

1,559

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

(3,039

)

 

$

 

 

$

(3,039

)

14.

Revenue recognition and accounts receivable

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for a contract when there is approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable. The Company’s contracts may contain one or more performance obligations. If a contract contains more than one performance obligation, the Company allocates the total transaction price to each of the performance obligations based upon the observable standalone selling price of the promised goods or services underlying each performance obligation. The Company recognizes revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customer, which typically occurs at a point in time


upon shipment, delivery, or utilization, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for the promised goods or services. The amount the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services reflects any fixed amount stated per the contract and estimates for any variable consideration, such as discounts, to the extent that is it probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.

The following sections discuss the Company’s revenue recognition policies by significant product category:

Bone Growth Therapies

Bone Growth Therapies revenue is largely attributable to the U.S. and is comprised of third-party payor transactions and wholesale revenue.

The largest portion of Bone Growth Therapies revenue is derived from third-party payors. This includes commercial insurance carriers, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, and governmental payors, such as Medicare. Revenue is recognized when the product is fitted to and accepted by the patient and all applicable documents required by the third-party payor have been obtained. Amounts paid by third-party payors are generally based on fixed or allowable reimbursement rates. These revenues are recorded at the expected or preauthorized reimbursement rates, net of any contractual allowances or adjustments. Certain billings are subject to review by the third-party payors and may be subject to adjustment.

Wholesale revenue is related to the sale of the Company’s bone growth stimulators directly to durable medical equipment suppliers. Wholesale revenues are typically recognized upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is when the customer obtains control of the promised goods.

Biologics

Biologics revenue is largely attributable to the U.S. and is primarily related to a collaborative arrangement with MTF, which extends through July 28, 2027. Under this arrangement, the Company markets tissue for bone repair and reconstruction under the brand names Trinity Evolution and Trinity ELITE. Per the terms of the agreement, MTF sources the tissue, processes it to create the bone growth matrix, packages, and delivers the tissue to the customer in accordance with orders received from the Company. The Company has exclusive global marketing rights for the Trinity Evolution and Trinity ELITE tissues, as well as non-exclusive marketing rights for other products, and receives marketing fees from MTF based on total sales. MTF is considered the primary obligor in these arrangements; therefore, the Company recognizes marketing service fees on a net basis within net sales upon shipment of the product to the customer.

Spinal Implants and Global Extremities

Spinal Implants and Global Extremities products are distributed world-wide, with U.S. sales largely comprised of commercial sales and international sales derived from both commercial sales and through stocking distributor arrangements.

Commercial revenue is largely related to the sale of the Company’s Spinal Implants and Global Extremities products to hospital customers. The customer obtains control and revenues are recognized when these products have been utilized and a confirming purchase order has been received from the hospital.

Other revenues within the Spinal Implants and Global Extremities product categories are derived from stocking distributors, who purchase the Company’s products and then re-sell them directly to customers, such as hospitals. For revenue from stocking distributor arrangements, subsequent to the adoption of Topic 606 effective January 1, 2018, the Company recognizes revenue upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is when the distributor obtains control of the promised goods. The transaction price with stocking distributors is estimated based upon the Company’s historical collection experience with the stocking distributor. To derive this estimate, the Company analyzes twelve months of historical invoices by stocking distributor and the subsequent collections on those invoices for a period of up to 24 months subsequent to the invoice date. The historical collection percentage, which is specific to each stocking distributor, is then used to calculate the transaction price. Cost of sales is also recorded upon transfer of control of the product to the customer subsequent to the adoption of Topic 606.

Prior to the adoption of Topic 606, or for all periods presented prior to January 1, 2018, the Company recognized revenue from stocking distributor arrangements once the product was delivered to the end customer (the “sell-through method”). Because the Company did not have reliable information about when its distributors sold the product through to end customers, the Company used cash collection from distributors as a basis for revenue recognition under the sell-through method. Although in many cases the


Company was legally entitled to the accounts receivable at the time of shipment, the Company did not recognize accounts receivables or any corresponding deferred revenues at the time of shipment associated with stocking distributor transactions for which revenue was recognized on the sell-through method. The Company also considered whether to match the related cost of sales with revenue or to recognize cost of sales upon shipment. In making this assessment, the Company considered the financial viability of its stocking distributors, based on their creditworthiness, to determine if collectability of amounts sufficient to realize the costs of the products shipped was reasonably assured at the time of shipment. In instances where the stocking distributor was determined to be financially viable, the Company deferred the costs of sales until revenue was recognized.

Product Sales and Marketing Service Fees

The table below presents net sales, which includes product sales and marketing service fees, for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017.

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Product sales

 

$

397,064

 

 

$

395,589

 

 

$

373,538

 

Marketing service fees

 

 

62,891

 

 

 

57,453

 

 

 

60,285

 

Net sales

 

$

459,955

 

 

$

453,042

 

 

$

433,823

 

Product sales primarily consists of the sale of Bone Growth Therapies, Spinal Implants, and Global Extremities products. Marketing service fees are received from MTF based on total sales of biologics tissues and relates solely to the Biologics product category within the Global Spine reporting segment. Marketing service fees received from MTF were  $62.9 million, or approximately 96% of total Biologics revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2019. As MTF is the Company’s single supplier for the Trinity Evolution and Trinity ELITE tissue forms, which are derived from human cadaveric donors, any event or circumstance that would impact MTF’s continued access to donated human cadaveric tissue or the Company’s ability to market these tissues may adversely impact the Company’s financial results.

Revenues exclude any value added or other local taxes, intercompany sales and trade discounts. Shipping and handling costs for products shipped to customers are included in cost of sales, and were  $2.8 million, $2.7 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Trade Accounts Receivable and Allowances

Payment terms vary by the type and location of the Company’s customers and the products or services offered. The term between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. Accounts receivable are analyzed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of both reserves for doubtful accounts and contractual allowances. Revisions in allowances for doubtful accounts estimates are recorded as an adjustment to bad debt expense within sales and marketing expenses. Revisions to contractual allowances are recorded as an adjustment to net sales. The Company’s estimates are periodically tested against actual collection experience.

The Company will generally sell receivables from certain Italian hospitals each year to accelerate cash collections. During 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company sold €9.8 million, €9.8 million, and €9.8 million ($10.9 million, $11.5 million, and $11.2 million) of receivables, respectively. The estimated related fees for 2019, 2018, and 2017 were $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, which is recorded as interest expense. Trade accounts receivables sold without recourse are removed from the balance sheet at the time of sale.

Puerto Rico Settlement

In June 2019, the Company received a payment of $1.4 million from the Administration of Medical Services of Puerto Rico, a government-owned corporation, in settlement of approximately $2.5 million of outstanding accounts receivable. This $2.5 million of outstanding accounts receivable had previously been fully reserved between the Company’s allowances for doubtful accounts and contractual allowances. As a result of this settlement, and in accordance with the Company’s policy, the Company recorded the resulting adjustment to contractual allowances of $0.4 million within net sales and the recovery of the allowance for doubtful accounts as a credit to bad debt expense of $1.0 million.

Other Contract Assets

The Company’s contract assets, excluding trade accounts receivable (“other contract assets”), largely consist of payments made to certain distributors to obtain contracts, gain access to customers in certain territories, and to provide the benefit of the exclusive


distribution of the Company’s products. Other contract assets are included in other long-term assets and were $3.7 million and $1.9 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Other contract assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related contract. NaN impairments were incurred for other contract assets in 2019 or 2018. Further, the Company has applied the practical expedient allowed within Topic 606 to expense sales commissions when incurred, as the applicable amortization period would be for one year or less.

15.

Business segment information

The Company changed its reportable business segments, beginning with the first quarter of 2019, to align with changes in how the Company manages its business, reviews operating performance and allocates resources.  The Company now reports results under 2 reportable segments: Global Spine and Global Extremities. These reporting segments represent the operating segments for which the Chief Executive Officer, who is also Chief Operating Decision Maker (the “CODM”), reviews financial information and makes resource allocation decisions among businesses. The primary metric used by the CODM in managing the Company is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”). The Company neither discretely allocates assets, other than goodwill, to its operating segments nor evaluates the operating segments using discrete asset information. Accordingly, the reporting segment information has been prepared based on these two reporting segments. Prior periods have been recast to present the change in reporting segements.

Global Spine

The Global Spine reporting segment offers three primary product categories: Bone Growth Therapies, Spinal Implants, and Biologics.

The Bone Growth Therapies product category manufactures, distributes, and provides support services of market leading bone growth stimulator devices that enhance bone fusion. These Class III medical devices are indicated as an adjunctive, noninvasive treatment to improve fusion success rates in the cervical and lumbar spine as well as a therapeutic treatment for non-spine fractures that have not healed (non-unions). This product category uses distributors and sales representatives to sell its devices to hospitals, healthcare providers, and patients, primarily in the U.S.

The Spinal Implants product category designs, develops, and markets a broad portfolio of motion preservation and fixation implant products used in surgical procedures of the spine. Spinal Implants distributes its products through a network of distributors and sales representatives to sell spine products to hospitals and healthcare providers, globally.

The Biologics product category provides a portfolio of regenerative products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. This product category specializes in the marketing of the Company’s exclusive regeneration tissue forms and distributes its tissues to hospitals and healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S., through a network of independent distributors and sales representatives. The partnership with MTF allows the Company to exclusively market the Trinity Evolution and Trinity ELITE tissue forms for musculoskeletal defects to enhance bony fusion.

Global Extremities

The Global Extremities reporting segment offers products and solutions that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of orthopedic conditions unrelated to the spine. This reporting segment specializes in the design, development, and marketing of the Company’s orthopedic products used in fracture repair, deformity correction and bone reconstruction procedures. Global Extremities distributes its products through a network of distributors and sales representatives to sell orthopedic products to hospitals, and healthcare providers, globally.

Corporate

Corporate activities are comprised of the operating expenses and activities of the Company not necessarily identifiable within the two reporting segments.

The table below presents net sales by major product category by reporting segment: 


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

Bone Growth Therapies

 

$

197,181

 

 

 

42.9

%

 

$

195,252

 

 

 

43.1

%

 

$

185,900

 

 

 

42.9

%

Spinal Implants

 

 

94,544

 

 

 

20.6

%

 

 

91,658

 

 

 

20.2

%

 

 

81,957

 

 

 

18.9

%

Biologics

 

 

65,496

 

 

 

14.2

%

 

 

59,684

 

 

 

13.2

%

 

 

62,724

 

 

 

14.4

%

Global Spine

 

 

357,221

 

 

 

77.7

%

 

 

346,594

 

 

 

76.5

%

 

 

330,581

 

 

 

76.2

%

Global Extremities

 

 

102,734

 

 

 

22.3

%

 

 

106,448

 

 

 

23.5

%

 

 

103,242

 

 

 

23.8

%

Net sales

 

$

459,955

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

453,042

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

433,823

 

 

 

100.0

%

The following table presents EBITDA, the primary metric used in managing the Company, by reporting segment:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Global Spine

 

$

39,528

 

 

$

76,545

 

 

$

84,034

 

Global Extremities

 

 

7,496

 

 

 

9,453

 

 

 

7,143

 

Corporate

 

 

(49,252

)

 

 

(43,626

)

 

 

(34,246

)

Total EBITDA

 

 

(2,228

)

 

 

42,372

 

 

 

56,931

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(24,699

)

 

 

(18,659

)

 

 

(20,124

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(828

)

 

 

(416

)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

(27,049

)

 

$

22,885

 

 

$

36,391

 

The following table presents depreciation and amortization by reporting segment:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Global Spine

 

$

14,329

 

 

$

9,512

 

 

$

9,834

 

Global Extremities

 

 

5,575

 

 

 

5,342

 

 

 

6,040

 

Corporate

 

 

4,795

 

 

 

3,805

 

 

 

4,250

 

Total

 

$

24,699

 

 

$

18,659

 

 

$

20,124

 

Geographical information

The following data includes net sales by geographic destination:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

U.S.

 

$

361,939

 

 

$

355,353

 

 

$

345,145

 

Italy

 

 

19,560

 

 

 

19,331

 

 

 

17,059

 

Germany

 

 

12,688

 

 

 

11,606

 

 

 

7,063

 

United Kingdom

 

 

10,090

 

 

 

8,731

 

 

 

8,725

 

Brazil

 

 

7,685

 

 

 

7,120

 

 

 

10,356

 

Others

 

 

47,993

 

 

 

50,901

 

 

 

45,475

 

Net sales

 

$

459,955

 

 

$

453,042

 

 

$

433,823

 


The table below presents net sales by geographic destination for each reporting segment and for the consolidated Company:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Global Spine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

$

335,410

 

 

$

326,994

 

 

$

318,227

 

International

 

 

21,811

 

 

 

19,600

 

 

 

12,354

 

Total Global Spine

 

 

357,221

 

 

 

346,594

 

 

 

330,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Extremities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

26,529

 

 

 

28,359

 

 

 

26,918

 

International

 

 

76,205

 

 

 

78,089

 

 

 

76,324

 

Total Global Extremities

 

 

102,734

 

 

 

106,448

 

 

 

103,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

361,939

 

 

 

355,353

 

 

 

345,145

 

International

 

 

98,016

 

 

 

97,689

 

 

 

88,678

 

Net sales

 

$

459,955

 

 

$

453,042

 

 

$

433,823

 

The following data includes property, plant and equipment by geographic area:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

U.S.

 

$

51,278

 

 

$

31,344

 

Italy

 

 

7,937

 

 

 

7,732

 

Germany

 

 

849

 

 

 

861

 

United Kingdom

 

 

1,082

 

 

 

896

 

Brazil

 

 

141

 

 

 

191

 

Others

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

1,811

 

Total

 

$

62,727

 

 

$

42,835

 

16.

Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement

Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement consists of amortization related to intangible assets acquired through business combinations or asset acquisitions and the remeasurement of any related contingent consideration arrangement. Components of acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, are as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration

 

$

29,140

 

 

$

3,069

 

 

$

 

Amortization of acquired intangibles

 

 

5,072

 

 

 

1,255

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

34,212

 

 

$

4,324

 

 

$

 

17.

Share-based compensation

At December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company had stock option and award plans, and a stock purchase plan.

2012 Long Term Incentive Plan

The Board of Directors adopted the Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2012 LTIP”) on April 13, 2012, which was subsequently provided by shareholder ratification. The 2012 LTIP provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, stock awards (including restricted stock, unrestricted stock, and stock units), stock appreciation rights,


performance-based awards and other equity-based awards. All of the Company’s employees and the employees of the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible and may receive awards under the 2012 LTIP. In addition, the Company’s non-employee directors, consultants, and advisors who perform services for the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may receive awards under the 2012 LTIP. Incentive share options; however, are only available to the Company’s employees. Awards granted under the 2012 LTIP expire no later than ten years after the date of grant. At December 31, 2019, the Company reserves a total of 4,750,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2012 LTIP, subject to certain adjustments set forth in the 2012 LTIP. At December 31, 2019, there were 1,067,947 options outstanding under the 2012 LTIP, of which 714,180 were exercisable. In addition, there were 119,217 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding and 560,844 restricted stock units outstanding, some of which contain market-based vesting conditions, under the 2012 LTIP as of December 31, 2019.

2004 Long Term Incentive Plan

The 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2004 LTIP”) reserved 3.1 million shares for issuance, subject to certain adjustments set forth in the 2004 LTIP. At December 31, 2019, there were 25,500 options outstanding under the 2004 LTIP, all of which were exercisable.

Inducement Plans

The Inducement Plan for Spinal Kinetics Employees (the “Spinal Kinetics Inducement Plan”) reserved 51,705 shares for issuance to employees of Spinal Kinetics as an inducement to continue employment with the Company. At December 31, 2019, there were 7,156 options outstanding under the Spinal Kinetics Inducement Plan, all of which were exercisable, and 5,608 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding.

In conjunction with the Options Medical acquisition, an inducement grant of 25,478 restricted stock units, with a fair value of $1.4 million, was awarded to the Options Medical founder. The award vests in one-third annual increments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date and is contigent upon continued employment. As of December 31, 2019, there were 25,478 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding relating to this inducement.

In August 2019, the Company appointed a new President of Global Spine, who was then subsequently promoted to President and Chief Executive Officer. As an inducement to accept employment with the Company, the individual was awarded a grant of stock options to acquire up to 50,711 shares of common stock and an award of 14,743 restricted stock units. Both awards will vest in one-fourth annual increments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date. As of December 31, 2019, there were 50,711 options outstanding under this inducement, NaN of which were exercisable, and 14,743 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding.

Stock Purchase Plan

The Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) provides for the issuance of  shares of the Company’s common stock to eligible employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries that elect to participate in the plan and acquire shares of common stock through payroll deductions (including executive officers).

During each purchase period, eligible employees may designate between 1% and 25% of their compensation to be deducted for the purchase of common stock under the plan (or such other percentage in order to comply with regulations applicable to Employees domiciled in or resident of a member state of the European Union). For eligible directors, the designated percentage will be applied to an amount equal to his or her director compensation paid in cash for the current plan period. The purchase price of the shares under the plan is equal to 85% of the fair market value on the first day of the plan period or, if lower, on the last day of the plan period.

Due to the compensatory nature of such plan, the Company records the related share-based compensation in the consolidated statement of operations. Compensation expense is estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model, with such value recognized as expense over the plan period. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan is 2,350,000. As of December 31, 2019, 1,827,147 shares had been issued.


Share-Based Compensation Expense

Share-based compensation expense is recorded in the same line of the consolidated statements of operations as the employee’s cash compensation. The following tables present the detail of share-based compensation by line item in the consolidated statements of income as well as by award type, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Cost of sales

 

$

715

 

 

$

522

 

 

$

486

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

1,802

 

 

 

1,471

 

General and administrative

 

 

16,872

 

 

 

15,197

 

 

 

9,671

 

Research and development

 

 

1,441

 

 

 

1,409

 

 

 

929

 

Total

 

$

21,540

 

 

$

18,930

 

 

$

12,557

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Stock options

 

$

4,054

 

 

$

3,061

 

 

$

2,388

 

Time-based restricted stock awards and stock units

 

 

11,084

 

 

 

7,265

 

 

 

5,540

 

Performance-based restricted stock awards and stock units

 

 

 

 

 

1,998

 

 

 

462

 

Market-based restricted stock units

 

 

4,733

 

 

 

5,256

 

 

 

2,904

 

Stock purchase plan

 

 

1,669

 

 

 

1,350

 

 

 

1,263

 

Total

 

$

21,540

 

 

$

18,930

 

 

$

12,557

 

The income tax benefit related to this expense was $3.5 million, $3.2 million, and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Stock Options

The fair value of time-based stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, with such value recognized as expense over the service period, which is typically four years, net of actual forfeitures. The fair value of market-based stock options is determined at the date of the grant using the Monte Carlo valuation methodology, with such value recognized as expense over the requisite service period adjusted for forfeitures as they occur. The Monte Carlo methodology incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied.

A summary of the Company’s assumptions used in determining the fair value of the stock options granted during the year is shown in the following table.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected term (in years)

 

5.0

 

 

4.5

 

 

4.5

 

Expected volatility

 

29.7% – 31.0%

 

 

28.7% – 30.1%

 

 

 

31.2

%

Risk free interest rate

 

1.38% – 2.31%

 

 

2.55% – 2.79%

 

 

 

1.93

%

Dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average grant date fair value

 

$

14.64

 

 

$

16.28

 

 

$

13.32

 

The expected term of the options granted is estimated based on a number of factors, including the vesting and expiration terms of the award, historical employee exercise behavior for both options that are currently outstanding and options that have been exercised or are expired, and an employee’s average length of service. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock. The risk-free interest rate is determined based upon a constant U.S. Treasury security rate with a contractual life that approximates the expected term of the option.


Summaries of the status of the Company’s stock option plans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2019 are presented below:

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

 

 

1,175,887

 

 

$

41.87

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

279,248

 

 

$

49.17

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(74,729

)

 

$

37.20

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

(79,092

)

 

$

54.84

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

1,301,314

 

 

$

42.92

 

 

 

5.69

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2019

 

 

1,301,314

 

 

$

42.92

 

 

 

5.69

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

 

 

896,836

 

 

$

39.97

 

 

 

4.24

 

As of December 31, 2019, the unamortized compensation expense relating to options granted and expected to be recognized was $3.7 million. This amount is expected to be recognized through December 2023 over a weighted average period of approximately 1.7 years. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $1.4 million, $3.2 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2019 we received $2.8 million in cash from stock option exercises, with the tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from these exercises of $0.3 million.The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable as of December 31, 2019 is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the market price of the Company’s common stock for options that had exercise prices lower than $46.18, the closing price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2019. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding was $7.3 million, $13.6 million, and $18.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable was $6.7 million, $11.0 million, and $12.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Time-based Restricted Stock Awards and Stock Units

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company granted to employees and non-employee directors 319,189 shares of  time- based restricted stock awards or stock units, which vest at various dates through December 2023. The compensation expense, which represents the fair value of the stock measured at the market price at the date of grant, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is typically four years, net of actual forfeitures.

Since 2017, the annual grant to non-employee directors has been made in the form of one-year vesting restricted stock units with deferred delivery (“DSUs”), whereby shares are not settled until after the director ceases service as a director. As of December 31, 2019, there were 47,077 DSUs outstanding that are vested but not settled.

The aggregate fair value of time-based restricted stock awards and stock units that vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $9.5 million, $8.0 million and $7.3 million, respectively. Unamortized compensation expense related to time-based restricted stock awards and stock units amounted to $15.3 million at December 31, 2019, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.5 years.  The aggregate intrinsic value of time-based restricted stock awards and stock units outstanding was $21.6 million, $18.8 million and $17.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Performance-based Restricted Stock Awards and Stock Units

The Company’s performance-based restricted stock awards and stock units contain performance-based vesting conditions.

The fair value of performance-based restricted stock awards and stock units is calculated based upon the closing stock price at the date of grant. Such value is recognized as expense over the derived requisite service period beginning in the period in which they are deemed probable to vest, net of actual forfeitures. Vesting probability is assessed based upon forecasted earnings and financial results. The Company did 0t grant any performance-based restricted stock awards or stock units to employees during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, or 2017.


During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company granted to employees 110,660 shares of performance-based restricted stock awards, which vested based upon the achievement of certain earnings or return on invested capital targets. NaN compensation expense was recorded for these awards in 2019 as the performance targets were obtained in prior years. Approximately $0.4 million and $0.5 million of compensation expense was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, associated with these performance-based restricted stock awards. The fair value of performance-based restricted stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, were $3.2 million, $0.0 million, and $4.9 million, respectively. NaN unamortized compensation expense related to performance-based restricted stock awards remains as of December 31, 2019. The aggregate intrinsic value of performance-based restricted stock awards outstanding was $0.0 million, $2.9 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company also granted 55,330 shares of performance-based restricted stock units to employees, which vested based upon the achievement of certain earnings or return on invested capital targets for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company recognized compensation expense of $0.0 million, $1.6 million, and $0.0 million associated with these 2015 performance-based restricted stock units  for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The fair value of performance-based restricted stock units that vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, were $2.7 million, $0.0 million, and $0.0 million, respectively. NaN unamortized compensation expense remains as of December 31, 2019 related to these 2015 performance-based restricted stock units. The aggregate intrinsic value of performance-based restricted stock units outstanding was $0.0 million, $2.5 million, and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Market-based Restricted Stock Units

The Company’s market-based restricted stock units contain market-based vesting conditions.

The fair value of market-based restricted stock units is determined at the date of the grant using the Monte Carlo valuation methodology, with any discounts for post-vesting restrictions estimated using the Chaffe Model. The Monte Carlo methodology incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Such value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, net of actual forfeitures. The awards, if the market conditions are achieved, will be settled in shares of common stock, with 1 share of common stock issued per restricted stock unit if targets are achieved at the 100% level. Awards may be achieved at a minimum level of 50% and a maximum of 200%. The market conditions for the awards are based on the Company’s stock achieving certain total shareholder return targets relative to specified index companies during a 3-year performance period beginning on each respective grant date. The Company recorded $4.7 million $5.3 million, and $2.9 million in compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, related to market-based restricted stock units. Unamortized compensation expense for market-based restricted stock units amounted to $3.8 million at December 31, 2019, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.2 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of market-based restricted stock units outstanding was $11.9 million, $14.2 million, and $10.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

A summary of the status of our time-based, performance-based and market-based restricted stock awards and stock units as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2019 are presented below:

 

 

Time-based Restricted Stock

Awards and Stock Units

 

 

Performance-based

Restricted Stock

Awards and Stock Units

 

 

Market-based

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average Grant

Date Fair Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average Grant

Date Fair Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average Grant

Date Fair Value

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

 

 

357,592

 

 

$

49.77

 

 

 

102,155

 

 

$

33.12

 

 

 

271,295

 

 

$

57.44

 

Granted

 

 

319,189

 

 

$

52.48

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

60,722

 

 

$

65.27

 

Vested and settled

 

 

(157,053

)

 

$

46.82

 

 

 

(102,155

)

 

$

33.12

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Cancelled

 

 

(51,000

)

 

$

52.85

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

(74,855

)

 

$

15.92

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

468,728

 

 

$

51.96

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

257,162

 

 

$

60.08

 


Retirement of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer

On February 25, 2019, the Company entered into a Transition and Retirement Agreement (the “Retirement Agreement”) with the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Brad Mason. Under the Retirement Agreement, the parties agreed that Mr. Mason would continue to serve in his role until his successor was appointed by the Board and commenced employment, which occurred on October 31, 2019 (the “Retirement Date”).  The parties agreed that Mr. Mason would provide ongoing transition assistance to the Company pursuant to a consulting arrangement during the 12 months following the Retirement Date, and that Mr. Mason will be paid $40,000 per month for such transition consulting services.

As part of the Retirement Agreement, certain time-based stock options and restricted stock awards were modified to vest on the Retirement Date. In addition, stock options were modified to extend the post-termination exercise period from 18 months under a standard qualified retirement to up to four years, dependent upon the remaining contractual terms terms of the options. For fiscal year 2019, in lieu of Mr. Mason’s normal annual incentive awards under the 2012 LTIP, and in recognition of the ongoing transition assistance that he agreed to provide, Mr. Mason was granted an award of RSUs on April 1, 2019, with a grant date fair market value of $2.0 million that will vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to him continuing to provide transition consulting services through his Retirement Date. The full fair value of the award was recorded as expense in 2019. The Company recognized approximately $6.5 million in share-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2019 related to the Retirement Agreement, which was charged to general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

18.

Defined contribution plans and deferred compensation

Defined Contribution Plans

Orthofix Inc. sponsors a defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all full time U.S. employees. The 401(k) Plan allows participants to contribute up to 80% of their pre-tax compensation, subject to certain limitations, with the Company matching 100% of the first 2% of the employee’s base compensation and 50% of the next 4% of the employee’s base compensation if contributed to the 401(k) Plan. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, expenses incurred relating to the 401(k) Plan, including matching contributions, were approximately  $2.7 million, $2.3 million, and $2.0 million, respectively.

The Company also operates defined contribution plans for its international employees meeting minimum service requirements. The Company’s expenses for such contributions during each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 were $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plans

Under Italian Law, our Italian subsidiary accrues, on behalf of its employees, deferred compensation, which is paid on termination of employment. The accrual for deferred compensation is based on a percentage of the employee’s current annual remuneration plus an annual charge. Deferred compensation is also accrued for the leaving indemnity payable to agents in case of dismissal, which is regulated by a national contract and is equal to approximately 3.8% of total commissions earned from the Company. The Company’s relations with its Italian employees, who represent 18.6% of total employees at December 31, 2019, are governed by the provisions of a National Collective Labor Agreement setting forth mandatory minimum standards for labor relations in the metal mechanic workers industry. The Company is not a party to any other collective bargaining agreement. The balance in other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $1.3 million, and represents the amount which would be payable if all the employees and agents had terminated employment at that date.

19.

Income taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

U.S.

 

$

(24,890

)

 

$

28,642

 

 

$

27,774

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

(2,159

)

 

 

(5,757

)

 

 

8,617

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

(27,049

)

 

$

22,885

 

 

$

36,391

 


The provision for income taxes on continuing operations consists of the following:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

(1,911

)

 

$

9,480

 

 

$

3,620

 

Deferred

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

(3,430

)

 

 

20,222

 

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

6,050

 

 

 

23,842

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

1,931

 

 

 

2,255

 

 

 

4,062

 

Deferred

 

 

(615

)

 

 

769

 

 

 

1,196

 

 

 

 

1,316

 

 

 

3,024

 

 

 

5,258

 

Income tax expense

 

$

1,413

 

 

$

9,074

 

 

$

29,100

 

The differences between the income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 consist of the following:

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

20171

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except percentages)

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

 

$

(5,680

)

 

 

21.0

%

 

$

4,806

 

 

 

21.0

%

 

$

12,737

 

 

 

35.0

%

State taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit

 

 

1,043

 

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

1,038

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

1,598

 

 

 

4.4

 

Foreign rate differential, including withholding taxes

 

 

131

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

784

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

(3,849

)

 

 

(10.6

)

Valuation allowances, net

 

 

(165

)

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

4,116

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

3,548

 

 

 

9.7

 

Research credits

 

 

(829

)

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

(710

)

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

(397

)

 

 

(1.1

)

Italian subsidiary intangible asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(230

)

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(381

)

 

 

(1.0

)

Domestic manufacturing deduction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(818

)

 

 

(2.2

)

Unrecognized tax benefits, net of settlements

 

 

(2,745

)

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

6,002

 

 

 

16.5

 

Impact of the Tax Act

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(560

)

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

8,347

 

 

 

22.9

 

Equity compensation

 

 

626

 

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

(1,646

)

 

 

(7.2

)

 

 

272

 

 

 

0.7

 

Executive compensation

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

(5.6

)

 

 

606

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

0.3

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

5,678

 

 

 

(21.0

)

 

 

528

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

1,850

 

 

 

(6.7

)

 

 

261

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

1,918

 

 

 

5.4

 

Income tax expense/effective rate

 

$

1,413

 

 

 

(5.2

)%

 

$

9,074

 

 

 

39.7

%

 

$

29,100

 

 

 

80.0

%

1 The rate reconciliation for 2017 is based on the U.S. federal income tax rate, rather than the Company’s country of domicile rate at that time. The Company believes, given the large proportion of taxable income earned in the U.S., this presentation is more meaningful.

Certain items within the tables of this footnote have been recast for previous years to conform to current year presentation.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a U.S. corporate rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. The Company calculated its best estimate of the impact of the Tax Act in the 2017 income tax provision in accordance with its understanding of the Tax Act and guidance available as of the date of this filing. As a result, the Company recorded $8.3 million of additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted. The provisional amount related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future was $8.6 million. The provisional amount related to the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings was 0. The Company also recorded a benefit of $0.3 million related to an income tax liability recorded in 2016 related to repatriation of earnings from our subsidiary in Puerto Rico.

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act. In accordance with SAB 118, we


determined that the $8.6 million of the deferred tax expense recorded in connection with the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities and the zero transition tax  on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings was a provisional amount and a reasonable estimate at December 31, 2017. A more detailed analysis of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities and its historical foreign earnings as well as potential correlative adjustments was completed in 2018, which resulted in an additional benefit of $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2018 and minimal adjustments in the fourth quarter of 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed its accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Act.

The Company paid cash relating to taxes totaling $8.1 million, $15.6 million, and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Intangible assets and goodwill

 

$

1,390

 

 

$

1,682

 

Inventories and related reserves

 

 

13,216

 

 

 

12,151

 

Deferred revenue and cost of goods sold

 

 

4,652

 

 

 

4,652

 

Other accruals and reserves

 

 

4,337

 

 

 

2,799

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

9,221

 

 

 

8,317

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

971

 

 

 

2,346

 

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

 

 

44,230

 

 

 

52,664

 

Lease liabilities

 

 

6,268

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

1,567

 

 

 

2,200

 

 

 

 

85,852

 

 

 

86,811

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(38,741

)

 

 

(49,014

)

Deferred tax asset

 

$

47,111

 

 

$

37,797

 

Withholding taxes

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

(5,881

)

 

 

(4,569

)

Right-of-use lease assets

 

 

(6,073

)

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

(11,994

)

 

 

(4,569

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

35,117

 

 

$

33,228

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and credit carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those items are expected to be realized. Tax law and rate changes are recorded in the period such changes are enacted. The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets will not be realized in the foreseeable future.

The valuation allowance is primarily attributable to net operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences in certain foreign jurisdictions.  The net decrease in the valuation allowance of $10.3 million during the year principally relates to the decrease of valuation allowances on net operating loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions due to expiration, statutory rate changes, and changes regarding the realizability of net deferred tax assets. It is reasonably possible that the valuation allowance will decrease in 2020 related to expiration of foreign net operating losses.

The Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of $25.5 million and research and development credits of $1.6 million as a result of the acquisition of Spinal Kinetics. These carryforwards are subject to limitation under the provisions of Section 382 and will begin to expire in 2026. The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $35.5 million, of which $22.0 million relates to Spinal Kinetics and begins to expire in 2020. Additionally, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards in various foreign jurisdictions of approximately $145.3 million that begin to expire in 2020, the majority of which relate to the Company’s Netherlands and Brazil operations.


Prior to the Domestication, as an entity incorporated in Curaçao, “foreign earnings” referred to both U.S. and non-U.S. earnings.  As a result of the Domestication, only income sourced outside of the U.S. is considered unremitted foreign earnings. Unremitted foreign earnings decreased from $50.4 million at December 31, 2018 to $49.2 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease is due to the impact of currency translation. As a result of the 2017 Tax Act, current year earnings have been deemed to be repatriated. Those foreign subsidiary earnings that are subject to U.S. taxation as a component of Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (GILTI) under the Tax Act are included as a component of current tax expense. The Company’s investment in foreign subsidiaries continues to be indefinite in nature; however, the Company may periodically repatriate a portion of these earnings to the extent that it does not incur significant additional tax liability.

The Company records a benefit for uncertain tax positions when the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not, based on an evaluation of the technical merits, that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The tax benefit is measured as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. The Company re-evaluates income tax positions periodically to consider changes in facts or circumstances such as changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. The Company includes interest and any applicable penalties related to income tax issues as part of income tax expense in its consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefit was $16.9 million and $21.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company recorded net interest and penalties expense (benefit) on unrecognized tax benefits of  $(0.1) million, $1.4 million, and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, and had approximately $6.6 million and $6.7 million accrued for payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest, would favorably impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that, in the next 12 months, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest and penalties, related to the resolution of federal, state and foreign matters could be reduced by $13.0 million to $13.5 million as audits close and statutes expire.

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Balance as of January 1,

 

$

21,351

 

 

$

23,676

 

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

309

 

 

 

170

 

Increases for prior year tax positions

 

 

1,711

 

 

 

1,653

 

Settlements of prior year tax positions

 

 

(1,183

)

 

 

(1,499

)

Expiration of statutes

 

 

(5,284

)

 

 

(2,649

)

Balance as of December 31,

 

$

16,904

 

 

$

21,351

 

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in certain state and foreign jurisdictions, including Italy and the United Kingdom. The statute of limitations with respect to federal and state tax filings is closed for years prior to 2014. The statute of limitations with respect to the major foreign tax filing jurisdictions is closed for years prior to 2015.

During the third quarter of 2015, the Internal Revenue Service commenced an examination of the Company’s federal income tax return for 2012. The Company concluded this examination in the first quarter of 2018 with no material impact to the financial statements. In October 2016, the Company was notified of an examination of its federal income tax return for 2013 and in December 2017, the examination for 2013 was concluded with no change. In November 2017, the Company was notified of an examination of its federal income tax return for 2015. In February 2019, the Company reached an agreement and concluded this examination. As a result, the Company recognized a benefit of approximately $1.8 million during 2019. The Company cannot reasonably determine if any state and local or foreign examinations, will have a material impact on its financial statements and cannot predict the timing regarding resolution of these tax examinations.

20.

Earnings per share (EPS)

The Company uses the two-class method of computing basic EPS due to the existence of non-vested restricted stock awards with nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (referred to as participating securities). Basic EPS is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each of the respective years. Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during each of the respective years using the


more dilutive of either the treasury stock method or two-class method. The difference between basic and diluted shares, if any, largely results from common equivalent shares, which represents the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of certain outstanding share options, the assumed vesting of restricted stock granted to employees and directors, or the satisfaction of certain necessary conditions for contingently issuable shares (see Note 17).

For each of the three years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, no significant adjustments were made to net income for purposes of calculating basic and diluted EPS. The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares used in the diluted EPS computations.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Weighted average common shares-basic

 

 

18,903,289

 

 

 

18,494,002

 

 

 

18,117,405

 

Effect of diluted securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unexercised stock options and employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

 

 

313,648

 

 

 

209,691

 

Unvested time-based restricted stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123,592

 

Unvested performance-based restricted stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

103,960

 

 

 

48,057

 

Weighted average common shares-diluted

 

 

18,903,289

 

 

 

18,911,610

 

 

 

18,498,745

 

There were 1,704,708, 349,930 and 418,859 weighted average outstanding options, restricted stock, and performance-based or market-based equity awards not included in the diluted earnings per share computation for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, because inclusion of these awards was anti-dilutive or, for performance-based and market-based awards, all necessary conditions have not been satisfied by the end of the respective period.

21. Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

 

 

2019

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except per share data)

 

1st Quarter

 

 

2nd Quarter

 

 

3rd Quarter

 

 

4th Quarter

 

 

Year

 

Net sales

 

$

109,112

 

 

$

115,850

 

 

$

113,499

 

 

$

121,494

 

 

$

459,955

 

Cost of sales

 

 

23,708

 

 

 

25,812

 

 

 

24,896

 

 

 

26,191

 

 

 

100,607

 

Gross profit

 

 

85,404

 

 

 

90,038

 

 

 

88,603

 

 

 

95,303

 

 

 

359,348

 

Operating expense

 

 

89,852

 

 

 

89,587

 

 

 

107,485

 

 

 

91,208

 

 

 

378,132

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(4,448

)

 

 

451

 

 

 

(18,882

)

 

 

4,095

 

 

 

(18,784

)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

897

 

 

 

(547

)

 

 

(40,498

)

 

 

11,686

 

 

 

(28,462

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

897

 

 

$

(547

)

 

$

(40,498

)

 

$

11,686

 

 

$

(28,462

)

Net income (loss) per common share — basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(2.14

)

 

$

0.61

 

 

$

(1.51

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(2.14

)

 

$

0.61

 

 

$

(1.51

)

Net income (loss) per common share — diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(2.14

)

 

$

0.60

 

 

$

(1.51

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(2.14

)

 

$

0.60

 

 

$

(1.51

)


 

 

2018

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except per share data)

 

1st Quarter

 

 

2nd Quarter

 

 

3rd Quarter

 

 

4th Quarter

 

 

Year

 

Net sales

 

$

108,709

 

 

$

111,547

 

 

$

111,708

 

 

$

121,078

 

 

$

453,042

 

Cost of sales

 

 

24,147

 

 

 

22,835

 

 

 

24,020

 

 

 

25,626

 

 

 

96,628

 

Gross profit

 

 

84,562

 

 

 

88,712

 

 

 

87,688

 

 

 

95,452

 

 

 

356,414

 

Operating expense1, 2

 

 

76,692

 

 

 

82,797

 

 

 

83,781

 

 

 

83,050

 

 

 

326,320

 

Operating income1, 2

 

 

7,870

 

 

 

5,915

 

 

 

3,907

 

 

 

12,402

 

 

 

30,094

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations2

 

 

5,226

 

 

 

925

 

 

 

(1,211

)

 

 

8,871

 

 

 

13,811

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

5,226

 

 

$

925

 

 

$

(1,211

)

 

$

8,871

 

 

$

13,811

 

Net income (loss) per common share — basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.28

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.47

 

 

$

0.73

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

0.28

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.47

 

 

$

0.73

 

Net income (loss) per common share — diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.27

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.72

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

0.27

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.72

 

1 The Company reclassified $1.1 million of previously reported expense during the second quarter of 2018 related to changes in fair value of contingent consideration in the table above to conform to current period presentation.

2 The Company reclassified less than $10 thousand of previously reported net income (loss) from discontinued operations during the first, second, and third quarters of 2018 to continuing operations to conform to current period presentation.

22. Subsequent events

On February 3, 2020, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Wittenstein SE (“Wittenstein”), a privately-held German-based company, to acquire assets associated with the FITBONE intramedullary lengthening system for limb lengthening of the femur and tibia bones. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, as consideration for the acquired assets, the Company will pay $18 million in cash consideration and will enter into manufacturing supply contract with Wittenstein.

The acquisition is anticipated to close by the end of the first quarter of 2020, subject to customary closing conditions.

F-42